You are on page 1of 247

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

g
Technical Publications

GE Medical Systems
MVS DI EUROPE

SIREMOBIL 2000
Revision 3

2352376-100

sm Service Manual
Do not duplicate
Copyright 2006 GE Medical System

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 1 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
ALIGNEMENT / CALIBRATION

TITLE
Testing the DC voltages Calling the error memory Displaying the error memory Deleting the error memory TV camera switchs Calling the service menu Camera rotation Setting the 220 nGy/s dose Setting the 130 nGy/s dose Setting the 435 nGy/s dose Setting the dose rate for radiography Programming the camera iris values for zoom Setting the iris collimator Setting the zoom format at the control panel Setting the semi-transparent slot diaphragms Calibrate the XR Tube (Cuckoo SW)

Pages / links
PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE 13 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 2 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
COMPONENT LOCATION

TITLE
System Overview

Pages / links
PAGE 32 of 247

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 3 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
ERROR CODE

TITLE
General error information. Host CPU errors from 01 to FF S3C errors from 11 to 3C Interco errors from 0003 to 10EF Memoskop from 2101 to 2841 TV system from 3001 to 310C Console and D112TV from 4001 to 420E Memoskop D1 from 4314 to 4371 Memoskop D2 from 4414 to 4471 Generator from 5002 to 506F Generator int.from 6006 to 601A Intensity int. from 7018 to 702D Host terminal from 8010 to 801A Host motor from 9000 to 9360 Unknown errors

Pages / links
PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE 33 of 247 34 of 247 36 of 247 40 of 247 57 of 247 74 of 247 80 of 247 84 of 247 87 of 247 90 of 247 96 of 247 99 of 247 100 of 247 101 of 247 106 of 247

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 4 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
FUNCTIONAL CHECKS

TITLE
System Overview Memory Overview Monitor Host processor Motor control S3 BUS Control console Brake control Generator Overview KV control.. Filament circuit Image intensifier Television Overview Camera head CCD console Actual value acquisition. TV Control Control Overview AGC Dose rate Detailed functions

Pages / links
PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE 108 112 112 113 120 122 123 125 127 130 132 138 140 143 145 152 153 156 158 159 163 of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 5 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
BLOCK DIAGRAMS

TITLE
Main supply Radiation and ATB release D15 board ( brakes ) Internal board D1-D3-D5-D6 D20-, 21, 22, 23, 200 Overview D200, D201, D202, D203, D204 boards HV single tank Line filter Memoskop interfaces Camera interfaces RBV circuit

Pages / links
PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE 170 176 177 178 183 184 188 189 190 196 205 of of of of of of of of of of of 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 6 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

TITLE

Pages / links

Proceed with:

eDB : easy Documentation Browser Included into: 5138744-200_rev1 Cd-Rom (or higher release)

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 7 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SOFTWARE DIAGNOSTICS

TITLE
List of software files

Pages / links
PAGE 206 of 247

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 8 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
THEORY

TITLE
Product Document Explanation Interconnection Drawing Documents Annotations Compatibility Table Connectors Layout

Pages / links
PAGE 208 of 247 PAGE 209 of 247 PAGE 210 of 247 PAGE 211 of 247 PAGE 212 of 247

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 9 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
SERVICE NOTES

TITLE

Pages / links

Proceed with:

eDB : easy Documentation Browser Included into: 5138744-200_rev1 Cd-Rom (or higher release)

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 10 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
REFERENCE MATERIALS

TITLE
Wheeled frame Stand frame Stand console Transformers, Fuses & Buttons D10, D11 & D15 boards Vertical travel C Arm Panel & control board HT generator Tube & Collimator II assembly Camera assembly Single TV trolley Dual TV trolley Memoskop Accessories Multi room parts

Pages / links
PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE PAGE 213 216 218 219 222 223 224 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247 247

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 11 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONTENTS
CHAPTER
NOTES

TITLE
Warning X Ray Protection List of Risk Assessments For X-Ray PM Revision history

Pages / links
PAGE 237 of 247 PAGE 239 of 247 PAGE 240 of 247 PAGE 247 of 247

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 12 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Testing the DC voltages on boards D13, D10A, and D11


Board D13, Distributor +5V Ground : D13. X6 Measurement point : D13. X2, X3, X4 (Fig. below) Resistor : Setting value : R+5V on board D14 (Board D14 is accessible after the generator is swivelled out.) U = +5.1 V (min)5.2 V(max)

5 V voltage indicator : LED on 5V power supply D14 (Refer to Figure below)

LED
LED

D14

R+5V

X7

X8

X9 "0V"

D13

+5V

+5V +5V

X2

X3

X4

X5

X6

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 13 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

DC Voltages on board D10A, TV power supply


X13

Voltage

Measurement Point

Resistor

Tolerance <U

Display =U V21 V12 >U -

max

Ripple max

Peltier (+3.6 V)*

D10 X3 GND D10 X4 D10. X5 GND D10. X6 D10. X7 GND D10. X6 D10. X10 GND D10. X11 D10. X8 GND D10. X9

D10. R14

+/- 0.1V + 0.1 V

2A 0.8 A +/- 10 mV

A1 (+15.3 V) A2 (-15.3 V)
U

D10. R16 D10. R15 + 0.1 V V13 0.5 A +/- 10 mV

V21

U
R14

X4

X3

V5

X9

B (-10 V)

fixed

+/- 50 mV

V4

0.1 A

+/- 10 mV

X8

V4

X10

X6

X7

V12

V13

R16

R15

D1 (+5 V)

fixed

+/- 50 mV

V6

1.0 A

+/- 2 mV

Voltage value when Peltier element is not switched on

X5

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

X11

Error Codes

X14

Functional Checks

D10

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

14 of 247

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

R56

DC voltages on Board D11, Voltage supply 15V/24V


X2
X13

Voltage

Measurement Point

Resistor

Tolerance
<U

Display
=U
V3

X10

+ 15,35 V

D11. X4 GND, D11. X6


D11. X5 GND, D11. X6
D11. X7 GND, D11. X6
D11. X11 GND, D11. X10

D11. R56

+/- 0,15 V

V5

V7

X3

X12

D11

+ 24,25 V

D11. R9

+/- 0,25 V

V11

V9

V13

X16

+ 26,75 V

D11. R10

+/- 0,25 V

V12

V10

V14
+15V
X42

R10 R9

R55

- 15,35 V

D11. R55

+/- 0,15 V

V6

V4

V8

X14

+15V

X41

X4

+15V

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics

Theory

+24V

X7

15 V 24 V GND

X6

Service notes

V13 V9

-15V

X5

V11

V14

V10

V12

V8

V4 V6

>U

X11

X15

V7

V3 V5

X1

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

15 of 247

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Calling the error memory


Switch on the system. Enter into the service mode with the PC. Select unit error. Select long time error or Short-time error and press <RET> The following message will appear :

Load from unit


The following selections can be made : Show display the errors Delete delete the error memory Output print out the contents of the error memory or store the error memory in the service PC.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 16 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Displaying the errors (Show)


Select SHOW and press [RET] Use the cursor keys to scroll through the errors. Continue to press and release the ESC key until the main menu appears. The F10 key may be used to end the service program. The following message will appear :

Input of jobs working on


Enter :

Display errors.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 17 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Deleting the error memory (Delete)


Select Delete The following message will appear : May I reset the long time error cache (Y/N) ? - The error memory will be deleted when Y is entered, and the contents will be retained when N is entered. - Continue to press and release the ESC key will until the main menu is displayed . - Press the F10 key to end the service program. - The following message will appear : Input of jobs working on Enter : for example, error memory deleted. Output error memory (Output) - Select output. The following message will appear : Printer/File - When Printer is selected The error memory will be printed out by the printer available. - When File is selected, The error memory will be stored in the service PC. - Names for the output file will be specified. Enter a maximum of 8 caracters + extension (TXT). In example : UNI0309.TXT Note : the output file can be examined with the help of a text editor after the service program is ended. - Continue to press and release the ESC key will the main menu appears. - The F10 key may be used to end the service program. - The following message will appear : Input of jobs working on Enter : for example, error memory printed / stored.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 18 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

TV camera
DIL service switch S1, Board D112
Note : The test signals are fed into board D110a behind the camera head and continue being applied until switch S1 is in the normal position again. Select the test functions by coding DIL switch S1 according to table below

Table below explains the Coding DIL switch S1


Normal operation : all switches OFF , no LEDs are ON.

Test image/Function
250 kHz rectangle pulse Grid Saw tooth Digital measurement field Analog measurement field Bandwidth limitation ON3 Gamma OFF3 Superimposition of blanking circle OFF S1.1 V1.8 ON OFF ON OFF OFF X X X S1.2 V1.7 ON ON OFF OFF OFF X X X S1.3 V1.6 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF X X X

Switch/LED
S1.4 V1.5 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON X X X S1.5 V1.4 ON ON ON ON ON X X X S1.6 V1.3 X X X X X ON X X S1.7 V1.2 X X X X X X ON X S1.8 V1.1 X X X X X X X ON

X means optional

Note: to validate the video channel, call the service menu with test picture

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 19 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Calling the service menu


Switch D6.S1 on board 6 in the host-computer must be in the 0 position (normal position) System on. Press the following keys simultaneously in correct chronological order : 1. ATB key on the hand release lever 2. Autocollimator key on the control panel 3. Multi-format camera release key on the control panel After approximately 1 sec., the internal service image of the service menu is displayed on the display of the control console (cf. Figure 9.1)

TV service test patterns


Using the first soft key from the left (key for TV TEST PICT. ), various test patterns can be called from the central TV control unit. These can be used for checking the central TV control unit, the video channel from the video amplifier of the central TV control unit, and for monitor adjustments. At the same time, a new test pattern is displayed each time when depressing the key. Note : The test patterns are applied to the video channel for a short time only can therefore not be used for measurements on the video channel of the central TV control unit.

For measurements on the video channel of the central TV control unit, some TV test patterns can be activated with switch S1 on board D112 of the central TV control unit. Memory test pictures Using the third soft key from the left (key for MEMOSK.TEST P. ), various test pictures of the memory can be called in. These can be used for checking the memory, for adjustment of the monitors and for adjustment of the hardcopy. Leaving the service menu Leave the service menu, using the same key combination as for calling.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 20 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Camera rotation
Preparation Switch the system on. Wait for the system to boot. Connect service PC to host at D2. X12 (Fig. 5.1). Start service program. Under the sub directoryt < Unit parameter edit & modify>. Select <Unit parameters camera rotation>. Then Click the Launch button New window appears, click on GO Under camnormops , enter the value 3160 and transfer it with Send Datas. button
D1.X1

D2.X12

Note : When the value 3160 has been programmed, it is ensured that the camera rotation can be set +/- 225 degrees without mechanical limitation. Objects that lie exactly vertically on the image intensifier are, in part, shown on the monitor slightly turned.

D6.S1 D3.X5

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 21 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Setting the dose rate Preparation

Switch off the system. The grid should remain on the I.I. Set the D6.S1 switch on the host to the 0 position. Switch on the system. Wait for the system to boot. Note : Ensure that switch S1 is in the 0 position during booting to ensure proper initialisation. During system operation, Switch S1 should be moved to position 1 to set the dose rate. Set switch D6.S1 on the host to position 1. Connect service PC to the host at D2. X12 (Fig. 5.2). Start the service program. Attach 25 mm AL + 2 mm CU filters to the collimator. (25 mm AL corresponds to 1 mm CU at 70 kV) Move the dose measurement chamber I.I. closer. Select the survey format.

D2.X12 D1.X1

D6.S1 D3.X5

Note : The following procedures for setting the dose rate must be performed in the kV range between 70 kV and 75 kV. The CU pre-filtration must be adapted accordingly. Even if the kV value of 80 kV is exceeded only briefly during this setting procedure, the CU pre-filtration must be changed so that 65 kV are not reached. Following this, pre-filtration must be increased again so that the required 70 kV to 75 kV are obtained (hysteresis of dominant changeover). Because of the mechanical hysteresis of the camera iris, the dose rate should be set starting from the high dose rate value to the value specified.

Zoom is switched off !

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 22 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Setting the dose rate at 220 nGy/s


Press the <DL + PRG> keys simultaneously. Set the anti-isowatt curve at 5 mA. Set the mean value evaluation (MW). Set the pre-selection key to 220 nGy/s (Fig. 5.2a). Fluoroscopy On . Press the <KV Stop> key. Set the following dose rate value on the dose rate meter using the <KV +/- Key> :

Dose rate value : Grid factor :

Chamber correction factor :

218 nGy/s * grid factor* chamber correction factor 23 cm I.I. : 1.5 17 cm I.I. : 1.4 Dali measurement chamber : 1.06 Nomex : 1.06

Radiation Off . Select internal service image on the unit display. Radiation On . Press the <Dose Calibr.> key. The designation of the key is shown inverted for about 16 s. Radiation Off , when the designation of the key appears again non-inverted, as before. Select standard image.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 23 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Setting the dose rate at 130 nGy/s


Press the <DL + PRG> keys simultaneously. Set the anti-isowatt curve at 5 mA. Set the mean value evaluation (MW). Set the pre-selection key to 130 nGy/s (Fig. 5.2a). Fluoroscopy On . Press the <KV Stop> key. Set the following dose rate value on the dose rate meter using the <KV +/- key> :

Dose rate value : Grid factor : Chamber correction factor :

130 nGy/s * grid factor* chamber correction factor 23 cm I.I. : 1.5 17 cm I.I. : 1.4 Dali measurement chamber : 1.06 Nomex : 1.06

Radiation Off . Select internal service image on the unit display. Radiation On . Press the <Dose Calibr.> key. The designation of the key is shown inverted for about 16 s. Radiation Off , when the designation of the key appears again non-inverted, as before. Select standard image.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 24 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Setting the dose rate at 435 nGy/s


Press the <DL + PRG> keys simultaneously. Set the anti-isowatt curve at 5 mA. Set the mean value evaluation (MW). Set the pre-selection key to 440 nGy/s (Fig. 5.2a). Fluoroscopy On . Press the <KV Stop> key. Set the following dose rate value on the dose rate meter using the <KV +/- key> :

Dose rate value : Grid factor : Chamber correction factor :

435 nGy/s * grid factor* chamber correction factor 23 cm I.I. : 1.5 17 cm I.I. : 1.4 Dali measurement chamber : 1.06 Nomex : 1.06

Radiation Off . Select internal service image on the unit display. Radiation On . Press the <Dose Calibr.> key. The designation of the key is shown inverted for about 16 s. Radiation Off , when the designation of the key appears again non-inverted, as before. Select standard image.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 25 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Setting the dose rate for digital radiography


Press the <DL + PRG> keys simultaneously. Set the anti-isowatt curve at 5 mA. Set the mean value evaluation (MW). Set the pre-selection key to DR (Fig. 5.2a). Fluoroscopy On . Press the <KV Stop> key. Set the following dose rate value on the dose rate meter using the <KV +/- key> :

Dose rate value : Grid factor : Chamber correction factor :

435 nGy/s * grid factor* chamber correction factor 23 cm I.I. : 1.5 17 cm I.I. : 1.4 Dali measurement chamber : 1.06 Nomex : 1.06

Radiation Off . Select internal service image on the unit display. Radiation On . Press the <Dose Calibr.> key. The designation of the key is shown inverted for about 16 s. Radiation Off , when the designation of the key appears again non-inverted, as before. Select standard image.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 26 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Programming the camera iris values for zoom


Under the sub directoryt < Unit parameter edit & modify>. Select <Unit parameters camera rotation/Iris>. Then Click the Launch button New window appears, click on GO With the blue arrows, manually set the ZOOMPOS values so that they match the assigned NORMPOS values. Click on Send data button. After new settings, dont forget to launch the back up procedure Return to main menu using Quit Button On the host, reset switch D6.S1 to position 0. The service program can be quit with <F10>. For this, enter the appropriate jobs.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 27 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Setting the X-iris collimator


Note : On account of the mechanical hysteresis of the X-iris collimator, adjust the X-iris collimator from a small aperture to correct value.

Switch on the system. Wait for the system to boot. Select the survey format at the control panel Set switch D6.S1 on the host to position 1 (Fig. 5.4). Connect service PC to host at D2. X12. and reboot the Siremobil 2000 Start the service program and select <Calibration> in the main menu. Connect interface cable from D2. X12 to D3. X5. Select <X-iris>. The monitor blanking circle is switched off. Follow the menu prompts on the service PC. Switch on fluoroscopy. Using the following keys on the control panel, Set the X-iris collimator so that the plates are still visible along the edges of the I.I and control the position with Position button.. When ready, select <normal>. The value for the X-iris collimator position is stored in EEProm.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 28 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Selecting the zoom format at the control panel


Using the following keys on the control panel, Set the X-iris collimator so that the plates are still visible along the edges of the I.I. Select <Zoom>. The value for the X-iris collimator position is stored in EEProm. Do not forget to perform a configuration backup via Unit parameters/Backup command, click on Launch then Go Select a file and perform the backup.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 29 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Setting the semi-transparent slot diaphragms


Note : Prior to setting the slot diaphragms, the camera rotation must be adjusted properly (set to zero position). The horizontal image rotation must not be selected. Due to the mechanical hysteresis of the slot diaphragms, adjust the slot diaphragms from a small aperture to the correct value.

Switch on the system. Wait for the system to boot. Set switch D6.S1 on the host to position 1 in order to select the survey format. Connect service PC to host at D2. X12. Start the service program. Select <Calibration> in the main menu. Connect interface cable from D2. X12 to D3. X5. Select <Slot diaphragm>, click on Lauch, the monitor blanking circle is switched off. Follow the menu prompts on the service PC. Switch on fluoroscopy. Move the left and the right blades of the slot diaphragm approximately 1/3 into the centre of the image using the corresponding keys Upper diaphragm blade and lower diaphragm blade on the control panel Position the blades horizontally using the Rotation keys for the slot diaphragm Located on the control panel. Position the lower plate of the slot diaphragm so that it is not visible along the edge of the I.I. You may control the current position with the Position button Switch on fluoroscopy. When ready, select <Normal>. The position values for the three positioning motors are stored (survey values are transferred) in EEProm. Do not forget to perform a configuration backup via Unit parameters/Backup command, click on Launch then Go Select a file and perform the backup.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 30 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Calibrate the XR Tube


Note : Verify that your Cuckoo software is Up to date Last Release note is available on easy Documentation Browser.

Enter cusckoo Software, Select the Siemens Siremobile 2000 component and consult the Automatic tube calibration procedure. Below are the example of the two screens readable on the Cuckoo 6.4 software. Set the System on. On D6 board put the S1 selector to position 1.
Warning : X-Ray radiation occurs during this procedure

Press simultaneously the following keys : First : Autocollimator key on control panel Second : Multiformat camera release key on control panel Then, release both buttons After few sec, the following menu is displayed on the control console Launch the automatic calibration via theGenerator Learning Start Command On the display, the messageStart fluoroscopy appears. Press the fluro button and the X-Ray radiation starts. The process takes approx. 10 to 15 minutes. If you released the handswitch, the process waits until a new handswitch push. Note that, after the heating time of 5 minutes, the acoustic warning signal bells, the middle soft key can switch off the sound.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 31 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

COMPONENT LOCATION
Video Camera & Image Intensifier on C-Arm Main Console with Handswitch Generator

Transformers and Fuses Wheeled Frame and Brake Collimator & X-Ray tube Single Tank : Sirephos

Trolley with single or Dual TV

Image Processor Keyboard

Printing unit Image Processor

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 32 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

- D2 BIOS INITIALISAZION MESSAGES


are the init messages of the board D2 (SLOT CPU) and are shown by the LEDs D6, J62 and J63, but not by the display. The bios initialization messages appear if an initialization section is started. If any error was detected during this initialization section, the processor system stops. This suggests an error on board D2 (SLOT CPU). Check CMOS battery (see D2 Bios initialization message 2F), check also the power supply voltages.

- POSITIVE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
appear only if an initialization section was terminated successfully by the processor system. If any error was detected during this unit initialization section, the preceding positive acknowledgement is either retained or an error message is signaled.

- ERROR MESSAGES
are signaled only if an error in the corresponding unit initialization section was recognized by the processor system. On successful termination of this unit initialization section the preceding positive acknowledgement remains on the display until the next positive acknowledgement or error message.

- WAIT FOR MESSAGES


are issued if the host computer is waiting for the acknowledge message from another assembly.

- WARNING MESSAGE
is signaled if "learning" is requested by the generator. The Operation of the system is ensured.

- Display:
The bios initialization messages of the board D2 are shown by the LEDs D6 J62/J63 only. After it, the unit initialization messages of the components is starting with 10 (hex) again. As visible difference to the bios initialization messages, the LED V21 on board D3 starts flashing.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 33 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Fatal errors numbering structure : example with ABBB error where BBB value is the error number A Value :
0 1 2 3 4 Host S3C Image storage device (Memoskop) TV Console / dowload TV / console / Memoskop D1 / Memoskop D2 / D21 / D22 : 40BB : console 41BB : download host 42BB : download console 43BB : download Memoskop D1 44BB : download Memoskop D2/D21/D22 45BB : hard disk error 5 6 7 8 9 Generator Generator interface in Host Intensity actual value interface Host terminal handler Host motor controller

Note : Those errors are shown on the display and prevent from X-Ray until users initialisation for error reset. D2 Bios initialization messages SLOT CPU (80286 CPU), part no.: 11 89 682:
01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06: 07: 08: 09: 0A: 0B: 0C: 0D: 0E: 0F: D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: All 80286 registers tested ok. BIOS checksum ok. Start of CMOS RAM test ok. 8254 Timer test started. 8254 Timer test faulty. Start of RAM test ok. RAM refresh test ok. Setting the video vectors started Test of interrupts started Test timer 0 interrupt started Setting the interrupt table 1 ok. Setting the interrupt table 2 ok. CGA controller faulty Test interrupt controller ok. Console controller self test started

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 34 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

D2 Bios initialization messages SLOT CPU (80386SX CPU),


01: 02: 03: 04: 05: 06: 07: 08: 09: 0A: 0B: 0C: 0D: 0E: 0F:
10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 1A: 1B: 1C: 1E: 1F: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24: 25: 26:

part no.: 11 90 805:

D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2
D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2

Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios
Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios

initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization

message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message:

Processor test 1: Status verification Keyboard interface buffer empty 8042 interface clear 8042 reset Get 8042 MANUFACTURE STATUS read input port 8042 INIT CMOS and INTERRUPT chips Processor test 2: Register test INIT CMOS chip EPROM checksum for 64K bytes Initialize video 6845 controller Test 8254 channel 0 Test 8254 channel 1 Test 8254 channel 2 Test CMOS SHUTDOWN BYTE, sense CMOS battery power Test extended CMOS, INIT chipset, date and time

initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization

message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message:

Test DMA-Channel 0 Test DMA-Channel 1 Test DMA Page Register Test 8042 UPI Keyboard controller interface. Test memory refresh toggle circuit Auto size memory, test first 64kBytes of system memory Set interrupt vector table in first 64kB Set video I/O operation, init video adapter cards Test video memory, after a beep, the following initialization sections are continued: Test 8259 channel 1 mask bits Test 8259 channel 2 mask bits Test CMOS battery level Setup configuration from CMOS Sizing system memory and compare W/CMOS Test system memory found Test stuck 8259s interrupt bits Test stuck NMI bits (Parity I/O check) Test 8259 interrupt functionality Test protected mode (V86/Page) and A20 gate Sizing extended memory above 1MByte Test base and extended memory found Test exception in protected mode

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 35 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

27: 28: 29: 2A: 2B: 2C: 2D: 2E: 2F: 30: 31: FE: FF:

D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2

Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios Bios

initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization initialization

message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message: message:

Test cache memory reserved reserved Reset keyboard Diskette init Serial port init Parallel port init Hard disk init Math coprocessor init Possible help: Check Battery, if necessary change Battery and follow the next steps: Power off. Insert D2.X2. Remove D2.X3. Power on. Wait till LED D3.V21 starts flashing. Power off. Insert D2.X3 back again. reserved Adaptor ROM init Password security init Int 19H Now the unit initialization messages are continued.

Error message:

S3 bus faulty or I/O bus fault

Initialization is continued; since, however, communication (with S3 bus or I/0 bus) was impossible, further Init error messages are shown on the display. Unit stops at Init 39. The following unit initialization messages appear on the display of the SM2000. 11 11 12 13 13 14 14 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 Positive acknowledgement: does not appear: positive acknowledgement: positive acknowledgement: not displayed: Positive acknowledgement: not displayed: Positive acknowledgement: positive acknowledgement: not displayed: positive acknowledgement: not displayed: positive acknowledgement: not displayed: Variable access was successful. Pointers were successfully initialized. Display on board D6 (S3C bus) <<1 0: test supply voltages, plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D2 (Slot CPU), D4 (CGA card). Display on D6 (S3C bus) <<1 0 Plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D3 (boot card) The following is displayed: Either Memory banks for NOVRAM and EE-Prom initialized. or 50 error message: NOVRAM or EE-Prom cannot be initialized plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D3 (boot card). NOVRAM and EE-Prom initialized NOVRAM or EE-Prom cannot be initialized. Plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D3 (bootstrap card). Fault storage initialized. Fault storage cannot be initialized. Plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D3 (bootstrap card). Assert buffer initialized. Not used. Bootstrap card status o.k. Bootstrap card status not o.k.. Plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D3 (bootstrap card) Interface driver to service PC initialized. Interface driver was not initialized. Plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D3 (bootstrap card). Variable initialization. Transfer of unit parameters completed, variable initialized. Unit parameters were not transferred. Access o EE-Prom of bootstrap board impossible, EE-Prom data lose. Plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D3 (bootstrap card).

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 36 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

19 19 1A 1A 1B 1B

positive acknowledgement: not displayed: positive acknowledgement: not display positive acknowledgement: not displayed:

Internal status initialized. Access to EE-Prom of bootstrap board impossible EE-Prom data lose. Plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D3 (bootstrap card). Internal RMos clock is right. Hardware clock on D2 (slot CPU) is out of order. Turn off the unit, unplug battery connector on D2, turn on the unit again, reinsert battery connector with the unit switched on. Possibly D2 (slot CPU). R-Mos driver o.k., interface to generator initialized. R-Mos driver out of order, interface to generator cannot be initialized. Plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D3 (bootstrap card).

1C 1D 1D 1E 1E 1F 1F 20 20 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 27 28 29

positive acknowledgement: Service task, watchdog task, boot tasks started. 1C not displayed: It was impossible to start individual tasks. positive acknowledgement: Reset on S3C is cancelled. (approx. 3 sec. visible) LEDs on S3C are flashing again. Reset applied to generator. not displayed: Host software error. positive acknowledgement: Interrupt and dual port RAM are not released. not displayed: Access to D6 (S3C bus) impossible. Plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D6 (S3C bus). positive acknowledgement: Bright actual interrupt release. not displayed: Possibly D2 (slot CPU) interrupt module defective. positive acknowledgement: Download tasks and 1sec task started. not displayed: No hardware error, possibly caused by malfunction. After the message has been signaled: the turn on code "FFFF" is filed in the error log storage of the Siremobil. Either error message: Operation with S3Cdualported RAM is impossible. Error message remains being signaled for 5 sec, messages 25 to 2B are skipped, the program branches to message 2C. Plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D6 (S3C bus). or: positive acknowledgement: D6, S3C bus o.k. is displayed. Either error message: Work with I/O bus dual port RAM on D6 (S3C bus) is impossible. Error message remains being signaled for sec Messages 25 to 2B are skipped, the program branches to message 2C. Plug for D1, boards correctly inserted? Possibly D6 (S3C bus). or: positive acknowledgement: D6, I/O bus o.k. is displayed Either: error message: Polling start on S3C impossible. Error message remains being signaled for 2 sec or: positive acknowledgement: Polling start on S3C o.k. positive acknowledgement: Preset values were successfully transferred to the generator. not displayed: No hardware error, possibly caused by malfunction. error message: Sensual TV control unit initialization not properly terminated. Preset values to central TV control unit were not correctly transferred, no hardware error, possibly caused by bad function. Error message remains being signaled for 2 s. positive acknowledgement: Version inquiry at console successfully terminated.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 37 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

29 2A 2A 2B 2B 2C 2C
2D 2D 2E 2E 2F 2F

not displayed: positive acknowledgement: not displayed: positive acknowledgement: not displayed: positive acknowledgement: not displayed:
positive acknowledgement: not displayed: positive acknowledgement: not displayed: positive acknowledgement: not displayed:

Software or dual ported _RAM of S3C cannot be addressed. Possibly D6 (S3C). Version inquiry of TV control unit/console successfully terminated. Software or dual port RAM of S3C cannot be addressed. Possibly D6 (S3C). Version inquiry at memory successfully terminated. Message remains being signaled only for a short time. Software or dual port RAM of S3C cannot be addressed. Possibly D6 (S3C). Host has transmitted error release and KV stop cancellation to generator. Message remains being signaled only for a short time. No hardware error, possibly caused by malfunction.
Host resets AGC mode of central TV control unit. No hardware error, possibly caused by malfunction. Host transmits the default operating mode and characteristic to the generator. Message remains being signaled for 0.5 sec. No hardware error, possibly caused by malfunction. Terminal interface on bootstrap card is released. Message remains being signaled only for a short time. No hardware error, possibly due to malfunction.

The inquiries to messages 30 to 34 are active only in switch positions 0 and 5 of switch D6 (S3C bus) S1. In all other switch positions, these component acknowledgements are not interrogated. 30 31 32 33 34 wait for message: wait for message: wait for message: wait for message: wait for message: Host inquires of generator about configuration and waits for acknowledge message. Display duration max. 4 sec. Host waits for bright actual telegrams from central TV unit. Display duration max. 20 sec. Host inquires of console about configuration and waits for acknowledge message. Display duration max. 5 sec. Host interrogates of central TV control unit about configuration and waits for acknowledge message. Display duration max. 5 sec. Host inquires of memory about configuration and waits for acknowledge message. Display duration max. 10 sec.

After the message 34 has been signaled, the PTW area dose meter is checked; however, only in switch position 0 of switch D6.S1. If the calibration factor stored in the EE Prom differs from the determined value by more than 10%, the area dose meter is taken from the unit configuration and the error message 00007 is entered in the fault storage. After run up, no <F128M>m<F255D> Gy/s display appears any longer on the display. Readjustment or repair of the area dose meter is required.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 38 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

35 36

error message error message:

Generator has not answered up to now. Error message remains for 2 sec, error number 0028 is entered in the fault storage. Run up is continued until Init message 3A. Check the generator. Error message remains for 2 sec. Console has not yet answered. Error number 002A is entered in the fault storage. Run up is continued until initialization message 3A. Check console. Message remains for 2 sec. Memoskop has not yet answered. Error number 0029 is entered in the fault storage. Run up is continued until initialization message 3A. Check Memoskop Message remains for 2 sec. Central TV control unit has not yet answered. Error number 0027 is entered in the fault storage. Run up is continued until initialization message 3A. Check central TV control unit. Message remains for 2 sec.

37 38

error message: error message:

39 3A 3B

error message:

S3C bus and I/0 bus of D6 are faulty. Since the switch position D6.S1 could not be read out, the switch position 0 is simulated independent of the actual switch position. D6 defective or incorrect inserted. With the error message, a 0.5 sec beep tone is sounded. error message If an error message 35 through 38 was visible, the unit stops in switch position 0 of switch D6.S1. In the switch position > 0, run up is continued and radiation enabled. positive acknowledgement: run up is terminated.

Note: When the unit is run up in switch position > 0 or = fatal error message 002C appears on the display and must be acknowledged. 3C warning: Generator requests learning program. If requested by the generator, e.g. after single-tank replacement or D201. Error number 002B is entered in the fault storage. In switch position 1 of D6.S1, the service display is shown automatically.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 39 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:

interconnections device

0003 Console does not answer Cause : HOST sends note to console, however, no acknowledgement (KBD Ready) is received from console. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Console Consol power supply Connection to console
.

0004 Memoskop does not answer Cause : HOST sends note to Memoskop, no acknowledgement (IMG Ready) is received from Memoskop. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Memoskop Memoskop power supply Connection to Memoskop
.

0005 TV system does not answer Cause : HOST sends note to TV, no acknowledgement (IMG Ready) is received from TV. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : TV TV power supply Connection to TV
.

0007 Area dose measurement device test out of tolerance Cause : HOST detects excessive deviation between the value stored in the D3-EEPROM and the value determined in . the self test of the area dose measurement device. Active: during power on Possible trouble / help : Adjustment D16 Stored parameter wrong see 'unit parameter components, Dose'
.

000C Radiation-on message without radiation request. Cause : HOST receives message without radiation switch-on (XRAY_ON), i.e. without actuation of hand or foot switch. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Operator error - the release switch was pressed either too briefly or in short, rapid succession.
.

0017 Unknown message of an event Cause : The HOST has received from Memoskop an unknown or wrong message of an event. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Incompatibility of HOST and Memoskop software. Wrong decoding of an event in the . Memoskop software
.

001A RTO - Send error

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 40 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

001B I/O port error Cause : Transmission of an incorrect command. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Error in HOST software
.

001C Mailbox error Cause : The internal buffer storage receives faulty data. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : System overload Error in HOST software 001D HOST-TV-READY with exit code > 0 Cause : Exit code of TV-Ready > 0 Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : TV-service-switch is active
.

IW-Board is not ready

001E D11 +15V or -15V out of tolerance Cause : Message from power supply board D11. The +15 V or -15V voltage is out-of-tolerance. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Power supply board D11 defective Connection between D11 and D6 (acknowledgement)
.

001F D11, +24V out of tolerance Cause : Message from power supply board D11. The +24 V voltage is out-of-tolerance. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Power supply board D11 defective Connection between D11 and D6 (acknowledgement)
.

0020 D11, +28V out of tolerance Cause : Message from power supply board D11. The +28 V voltage (operating voltage of II. power supply) is out-of-tolerance. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Power supply board D11 defective Connection between D11 and D6 (acknowledgement)
.

0021 I.I. power supply error Cause : Message from I.I. power supply. The power supply for the image intensifier (high voltage) is out-of- tolerance. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : I.I. power supply Interruption in indication lead from I.I. to board D6; operating voltage . missing (also triggers error 0020).

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 41 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

0022 Area dose measuring device error Cause : Message from board D16. Operating voltage for dose measuring chamber out-of-tolerance. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Wrong configuration (measuring chamber selected, but not available) . Measuring-chamber operating voltage missing. Board D16
.

0023 Generator not ready Cause : Generator transmits error message to HOST but receives no error acknowledgement from HOST. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : If it occurs occasionally, data transmission fault. If it occurs often, fault in generator.
.

0024 Memoskop does not answer to "Radiation On" Cause : HOST sends 'IMG-START' signal to the Memoskop at the beginning of radiation. It must be answered by . the IMG-ACQUISITION signal from the Memoskop. If the HOST doesn't receive it, this error is displayed. Active: during radiation triggering Possible trouble / help : Memoskop Operator error - release switch actuated repeatedly and in quick succession.
.

0025 Real-time clock malfunction Cause : Hardware clock on Slot CPU (board D2) not running. The same time always appears following switch-on. . Then the software clock starts running. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Battery or clock chip defective. Clock chip incorrectly initialized (in case unplug. Battery connector on D2, switch POWER ON/OFF off and plug battery connector again).
.

0026 Intensity signal missing Cause : During radiation release, the HOST waits for the message 'BRIGHT-ACT' from the TV system. If this . message is missing, an error is displayed. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Line break; defective transmit/receive chip; defective interface chip on D3; cable to generator not plugged in; BRIGHT-ACT connector (X3 on D3) not plugged.
.

0027 TV system not ready Cause : HOST sends note to the TV system, but receives no acknowledgement. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : HOST-TV connection interrupted TV defective

TV power supply

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 42 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

0028 Generator not ready Cause : HOST sends note to generator, but receives no acknowledgement. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : HOST-generator connection interrupted Generator defective
.

Generator power supply

0029 Memoskop not ready Cause : HOST sends note to Memoskop, but receives no acknowledgement. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : HOST-Memoskop connection interrupted, Memoskop defective Memoskop power supply
.

002A Console not ready Cause : HOST sends note to unit console, but receives no acknowledgement. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : HOST-console connection interrupt Unit console defective . S3C-Bus Controller ; try download
.

Console power supply

002B Generator needs learning Cause : Generator lost learning datas Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Execute generator learning
.

002C Host D6 switch S1 not in position 0 or 5 Cause : S1 on D6 is in service-mode 1 Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : switch S1 to 0 (normal) or switch S1 to 5 (no radiation)
.

002E 'Radiation on' during initialization (foot/hand switch) Cause : Footswitch or hand switch for radiation on was pressed during initialization of the unit. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : control foot/hand switch
.

0032 GEN-CURVE not allowed Cause : generator curve is no longer allowed Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : change to another curve

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 43 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

0033 Host D3 FEPROM error during download Cause : Prior to downloading, the FEPROM type and memory space on D3 are checked. If the test is negative, . this error is displayed. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : Defective Flash-EPROM Board D3 defective . 0034 Host D3 FEPROM delete error during download Cause : All FEPROMs are completely cleared prior to downloading. If not this error is indicated. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : +12 V programming voltage Board D3 defective
.

0035 Host D3 FEPROM programming error during download Cause : During each write operation to the FEPROM the input value will be read back. If the read value . does not agree with the written value, an error is displayed. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective Board D3 defective
.

0038 Memory bank changeover error Cause : The memory areas can not be correctly changed over. It is possible that the defective memory can nolonger be read. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : +5V power supply voltage < 4,75V Board D3 defective
.

0039 Block check error during service PC data transmission Cause : Error during data transmission from Service PC to HOST. Active: during service Possible trouble / help : Serial cable from PC to unit Board D2 defective Software error
.

003A Echo timeout error during service PC data transmission Cause : Error during data transmission from service PC to HOST. Active: during service Possible trouble / help : Serial cable from PC to unit board D2 defective Software error
.

003B Wrong echo during service PC data transmission Cause : Error during data transmission from service PC to HOST. Active: during service Possible trouble / help : Serial cable from PC to unit board D2 defective Software error

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 44 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

003C Interface error during service PC data transmission Cause : Error during data transmission from service PC to HOST. Active: during service Possible trouble / help : Serial cable from PC to unit board D2 defective Software error
.

003D Host D3 EEPROM programming error Cause : During each write operation to the EEPROM, the input value will be read back. If the read value does not agree with the written value, an error is displayed. Active: always Possible trouble / help : EEPROM on board D3 defective Board D3 defective +5V power supply voltage < 4.75 V
.

003E Host D3 EEPROM checksum error Cause : The stored checksum does not agree with the current value, i.e. the parameter file has an error. In this . case, the entire file is automatically deleted. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Tube surges; board D3 defective; copy last parameter- and info file from diskette.
.

003F Host D3 NOVRAM checksum error Cause : The stored checksum does not agree with the current value, i.e. the error memory is defective. In this . case, the entire file is automatically deleted. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Tube surges; board D3 defective Organ programs and error memory were deleted.
.

0040 Host D6 FEPROM error during download Cause : The type and storage capacity of the FEPROM are tested prior to downloading. If the test is . negative, an error is indicated. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective Unit board D6 defective
.

0041 Host D6 FEPROM delete error during download Cause : All Flash-EPROMs will be completely cleared prior to downloading. If not, an error is indicated. . Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : +12 V programming voltage Unit board D6 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 45 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

0042 Host D6 FEPROM programming error during download Cause : After each write operation to the FEPROM, the input value is read back. If the read value does not agree . does not agree with the written value, an error is displayed. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : Flash-EPROM defective +12 V programming voltage defective Board D6 defective
.

0043 Console D20 does not answer during download Cause : HOST transmits data to unit console, but receives no answer. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : Load lead for unit console does not answer Flash-EPROM defective . Board D20 defective Download-connection defective 0044 Console D20 FEPROM delete error during download Cause : Console FEPROM is completely cleared prior to downloading. If this proves impossible, an error is indicated. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : +15 V voltage Board D20 defective Appears in connection with error 420B
.

0045 Console D20 FEPROM programming error during download Cause : After each write operation to the FEPROM, the input value is read back. If the value read does not agree . with the value written, an error is displayed. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : Flash-EPROM defective +12 V programming voltage defective . Board D20 defective Appears with error 420C
.

0046 TV does not answer during download Cause : HOST transmits data to TV, but receives no answer. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : Load lead for TV does not answer
.

TV system defective

Download-connection defective

0047 TV NOVRAM delete error during download Cause : All NOV RAMs are completely cleared prior to downloading. If this proves impossible, an error is indicated. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : +15 V voltage TV system defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 46 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

0048 TV NOVRAM programming error during download Cause : After each write operation to the NOVRAM, the input value is read back. If the value read does not agree . with the value written, an error is displayed. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : NOVRAM defective TV system defective
.

0049 Memoskop D1/D18 does not answer during download Cause : HOST transmits data to Memoskop, but receives no answer. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : Download indication D6.V12 dark
.

Download connection defective

Memoskop defective

004A Memoskop D1/D18 FEPROM delete error during download Cause : All FE PROMs are completely cleared prior to downloading. If not, an error is indicated. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : +12 V programming voltage Memoskop defective
.

004B Memoskop D1/D18 FEPROM programming error during. download Cause : After each write operation to the FEPROM, the input value is read back. If the read value does not agree . with the written value, an error is displayed. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective +12 V programming voltage Memoskop defective
.

004C Memoskop D2 does not answer during download Cause : HOST transmits data to hard disk, but receives no answer. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : Load lead for hard disk does not answer . Download-connection defective
.

Hard disk controller defective

004D Memoskop D2 FEPROM delete error during download Cause : All FE EPROMs are completely cleared prior to down-loading. If this proves impossible, an error is indicated. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : +12 V programming voltage Hard disk controller defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 47 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

004E Memoskop D2 FEPROM programming error during download Cause : After each write operation to the FEPROM, the input value is read back. If the value read doesn't agree . with the value written, an error is displayed. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective +12 V programming voltage Hard disk controller defective
.

004F No console 'READY' during download Cause : HOST sends note to console, but receives no acknowledgement. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : Unit console Power supply for console defective . Internal procedure error during downloading
.

Connection to console defective

0050 No TV 'READY' during download Cause : HOST sends note to TV, but receives no acknowledgement. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : TV system defective TV system power supply defective
.

Connection to TV system defective

0051 No Memoskop D1/D18 'READY' during download Cause : HOST sends note to Memoskop, but receives no acknowledgement. Active: during downloading Possible trouble / help : Memoskop defective Connection to Memoskop defective
.

0052 No Memoskop D2 'READY' during download Cause : HOST sends note to hard disk, but receives no acknowledgement. Active: during Download Possible trouble / help : Hard disk controller defective Connection to hard disk controller defective
.

0053 Host D3 EEPROM faulty Cause : EEPROM has been initialized. All adjustments of the test field and from service have been reseated. Active: Possible trouble / help : load latest parameter-file 0054 Unit Software version different Cause : The stored unit software version string in menu <options><software ver>is different to the actual unit soft-version Active: Possible trouble / help : change software version in menu <options> <software ver> <set new>

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 48 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

0055 Host D6 hardware not correct Cause : processor checks D6 Active: power up Possible trouble / help : D6 not plugged-in correctly
.

AT-bus interface D6 defective

0056 Host D6 Watchdog Reset Cause : Processor out of cycle Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Reset
.

0057 GEN D201 FEPROM delete error during download Active: During DOWNLOAD of generator Possible trouble / help : Check +12V on D201
.

FEPROM defective, change D201

0058 HOST-GEN communication error during download Cause : Communication HOST - generator Active: During DOWNLOAD of generator Possible trouble / help : Reset
.

0059 Generator checksum failure after download Active: During DOWNLOAD of generator Possible trouble / help : Download once more
.

005A Generator communication error during download Active: During DOWNLOAD of generator Possible trouble / help : Reset 005B Generator communication error during download Active: During DOWNLOAD of generator Possible trouble / help : Reset
.

005C Generator FEPROM wrong internal ID Cause : FEPROM type not released or FEPROM defective Active: During DOWNLOAD of generator Possible trouble / help : Board D201 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 49 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

1070 Host D6 S3B-receive-buffer unknown status Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1071 Host D6 S3B-receive-buffer has init status Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1075 Host D6 S3B-undefined receive-message Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1076 Host D6 S3B-class-error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1077 Host D6 S3B-code-error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1078 Host D6 S3B-code-extension-error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1079 Host D6 S3B-function-code-error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software

D6 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 50 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

107A Host D6 S3B-undefined feedback Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

107B Host D6 S3B-send-buffer full-message Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

107C HOST-S3 bus not initialized Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

107D Host D6 S3B-send-buffer undefined feedback .Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

107E Host D6 S3B-send-buffer unknown status Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

107F Host D6 S3B-send-buffer unknown error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1081 Host D6 S3B-undefined input-feedback Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software

D6 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 51 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

1082 Host D6 S3B-undefined input-message Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1083 Host D6 S3B-undefined command-address Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1084 Host D6 S3B-undefined input-error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1085 Host D6 S3B-undefined input-receive-feedback Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1086 HOST - S3 bus communication error Cause : Communication between HOST and S3 bus disturbed Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Board D6 defective Normal following Download set the unit Online
.

1087 Host D6 S3B-input wrong-length-error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

1088 Host D6 S3B-input unknown-type-error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software

D6 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 52 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

108A Host D6 S3B-input wrong-checksum-error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

108B Host D6 S3B-input undefined feedback Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10D4 Host D6 S3C-IOB unknown receive status Cause : S3C software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10D5 Host D6 S3C-IOB receive-init-status Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10D9 Host D6 S3C-IOB receive undefined message Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10DA Host D6 S3C-IOB class error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10DB Host D6 S3C-IOB code error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software

D6 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 53 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

10DE Host D6 S3C-IOB receive undefined feedback Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10DF Host D6 S3C-IOB send-buffer full Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10E0 Host D6 I/O RAM not initialized Cause : Dual ported RAM on D6 can't be initialized Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Check FEPROM for S3C
.

Download S3C software

Check RAM on D6

D6 defective

10E1 Host D6 S3C-IOB send undefined feedback Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10E2 Host D6 S3C-IOB send unknown status Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10E3 Host D6 S3C-IOB send unknown error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10E5 Host D6 S3C-IOB-input undefined feedback Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software

D6 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 54 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

10E6 Host D6 S3C-IOB-input undefined message Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10E7 Host D6 S3C-IOB-input undefined command-address Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10E8 Host D6 S3C-IOB-input undefined error Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10E9 Host D6 S3C-IOB-input-receive undefined feedback Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10EA HOST - I/O bus communication error Cause : Communication between HOST and I/O bus disturbed Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Board D6 defective Normal following Download and set the unit Online
.

10EB Host D6 S3C-IOB-input-receive wrong-length Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10EC Host D6 S3C-IOB-input-receive unknown-type Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software

D6 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 55 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

10EE Host D6 S3C-IOB-input-receive wrong-checksum Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software
.

D6 defective

10EF Host D6 S3C-IOB-input-receive undefined feedback Cause : S3C-software doesn't work properly Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download S3C software

D6 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 56 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:
.

Memoskop device errors

2101 Memoskop D1/D18 processor hardware error Cause : Internal processor test negative. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : processor defective
.

Board D1 defective.

2102 Memoskop D1/D18 external processor RAM test failed Cause : All RAMS are cleared during initialization. If this is not possible, an error is indicated. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : RAM defective Board D1 defective.
.

2103 Memoskop D1/D18 checksum test configuration. byte failed Cause : Current checksum does not agree with stored checksum. In this case, the standard configuration . is automatically selected. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : NOVRAM defective Replace board D1 Restore old configuration
.

2104 Memsokop D1/D18 FEPROM checksum error Cause : Current checksum does not agree with stored checksum. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Flash-EPROM defective Replace board D1
.

Try to download

2105 Memoskop D2 (D21/D17/D22) not addressable Cause : When data are sent to D2 (D21/D17/D22) the data transmitted are automatically polled. If the feedback . is not correct, an error message appears. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D2 (D21/D17/D22) defective(not plugged in) Back-plane D5 defective . Board D1 defective
.

2106 Memoskop D2 (D21/D22/D17) CPU2-BUS defective Cause : Error detected in CPU 2 during initialization. Internal test images no longer selectable. Image can . no longer be cleared for "Next Patient". Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D2 (D21/D17/D22) defective Back-plane D5 defective . Board D1 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 57 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

2107 Memoskop D1 NOVRAM (Hospital line IMG) checksum error Cause : Current checksum does not agree with the stored one Only an empty line is displayed instead of the name. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : NOVRAM defective Board D1 defective
.

2108 Memoskop D1/D18 Stack overflow Cause : Internal Software Error Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : reset
.

2109 Memoskop IMG-text-loading checksum test failed Cause: During loading an image from the disk there was a checksum failure of the text of this image. No text will be loaded. Active: during loading of an image Possible trouble / help: There wasn't ever stored any text on this image. Disk is full . Change 50Hz to 60Hz or 60Hz to 50Hz
.

210A Memoskop D22 not addressable Cause : When data are sent to D22 the transmitted data are automatically polled. If the feedback is not . correct, an error massage appears. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D22 defective (not plugged in)
.

2301 No START following HS_MODE (exposure telegram start) Cause : HOST has transmitted the HS_MODE signal, but the answer (hardware lead START) is not transmitted within 5 sec. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Operator error - the release switch was pressed either too briefly or in short, rapid succession. 2302 Excessive START pause during pulsed-mode operation Cause : HS_STOP (end of exposure) message not received within 5 sec. in pulsed mode. This may result in a HOST reset. Active: during pulsed mode operation Possible trouble / help : Operator error - the release switch was pressed either too briefly or in short, rapid succession.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 58 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

2303 VR-sync. missing in HS_MODE Cause : The Memoskop-internal VR pulse is missing on board D1 at the beginning of the exposure. The green LED on . the Memoskop does not light up. Active: during start of exposure Possible trouble / help : Connector X13 on board D1 Board D1 defective Power supply power supply
.

2304 Internal VR sync. in HS_MODE Cause : The Memoskop-external VR pulse is missing on board D1 at the start of the exposure. The Memoskop . is synchronized to the internal VR sync. Active: during start of exposure Possible trouble / help : BAS signal from TV system missing Plug X9 not connected Board D1 defective
.

2401 Memsokop CPU1/2 communication error Cause : Communication error between CPU1 (D1) and CPU2 (D2) The checksum is not ok. Error detected by D1. Active: during hard-disk activities Possible trouble / help : Board D1, D2, or D5 defective Different software on D1 and D2.
.

Try Download.

2402 Memsokop, no communication with CPU2 following RESET Cause : Communication error between CPU1 (D1) and CPU2 (D2). Error detected by D1. Active: during initialization Possible trouble / help : Board D1, D2, or D5 defective. Different software on D1 and D2 . Possible sub-sequence error resulting from error 2103.
.

Try Download

2403 Memoskop, timeout during communication with CPU2 Cause : Timeout during communication between D1 and CPU2 Active: during all hard-disk activities Possible trouble / help : Board D2 (CPU2) defective
.

Different software on D1 and D2

Try Download Memoskop.

2404 Memoskop, error during polling of CPU2 version Cause : Wrong software detected in CPU2 (D2). Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Different software versions on boards D1 and D2

Try Download Memoskop.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 59 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

2420 Memoskop IMG_SUB Disk overflow Cause : All images on disk are 'protected'; No images will be written to disk. (only warning) Active: when store an image on disk Possible trouble / help : 'unprotect' patients
.

2421 Memoskop IMG_SUB disk full Cause : scene is longer than amount of 'unprotected Active: when store an image on disk Possible trouble / help :'unprotect' patients
.

images'. No more images will be stored on disk. (only warning)

2422 Memoskop IMG_SUB Un expected Image type Cause : Sub-traction image found without mask Active: during loading an image from disk Possible trouble / help : Overwrite image
.

(only warning)

2423 Memoskop IMG_SUB no stored image available Cause : No image found on disk; all images cleared Active: during loading an image from disk Possible trouble / help :
.

(only warning)

2424 Memoskop disk directory init error Cause : Failure during initialization of disk directory Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2425 Memoskop IMG_SUB disk directory checksum error Cause : Checksum error during reading the disk directory Disk directory will be initialized, all 'protections' . will be canceled, deleted images become visible (no name patients with date 0.JAN) Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Unit was switched off during exposure or number of images on disk was changed
.

2480 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : bus not free Active: Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 60 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

2481 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no arbitration phase Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2482 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no selection phase Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2483 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no reselection phase Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2484 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no command phase 1 Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2485 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no command phase 2 Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2486 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no data in phase 1 Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2487 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no data in phase 2 Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2488 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no data out phase 1 Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2489 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no data out phase 2 Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 61 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

248A Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no status phase Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

248B Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no message in phase Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

248C Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no message out phase Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

248D Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no data out LRAM phase 1 Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

248E Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no data out LRAM phase 2 Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

248F Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no data in LRAM phase 1 Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2490 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : no data-in-LRAM phase 2 Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2491 Memoskop hard disk-bus timeout error Cause : CPU1 I/O data timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2492 Memoskop hard disk-bus error Cause : CPU1 no out-data phase 1 Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 62 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

2493 Memoskop hard disk-bus timeout error Cause : CPU1 OUT-data phase timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2494 Memoskop hard disk-bus timeout error Cause : CPU1 IN-data timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2495 Memoskop hard disk-bus timeout error Cause : CPU1 IN-data timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

2496 Memoskop hard disk-bus timeout error Cause : CPU1 IN-data phase timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24A0 Memoskop CPU2-SW-Error Cause : No Arbitration phase Internal Software Error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24A1 Memoskop CPU2-SW-Error Cause : No Reselection phase Internal Software Error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24A3 Memoskop CPU2-SW-Error Cause : No Message Out Phase Impl Internal Software Error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective Cable defective
.

Hard disk defective

24B0 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Arbitration time out Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24B1 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Selection timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 63 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

24B2 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Reselection timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24B3 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Command entry timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24B4 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Command phase timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24B5 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Data-IN timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24B6 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Data-IN phase timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24B7 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Data-OUT timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24B8 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Data-OUT phase timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24B9 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Status entry timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24BA Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Status phase timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 64 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

24BB Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Message IN-entry timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24BC Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Message IN-phase timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24BD Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Message Out-entry timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24BE Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Message OUT-phase timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24BF Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Data-OUT-LRAM-entry timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24C0 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Data-OUT-LRAM-phase timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24C1 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Data-IN-LRAM-entry timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24C2 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : Data-IN-LRAM-phase timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24C3 Memoskop hard disk bus timeout error Cause : CMD-exit-Message entry timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 65 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

24D0 Memoskop hard disk error Cause : Check condition Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24D1 Memoskop hard disk error Cause : Unexpected Status Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24D2 Memoskop hard disk error Cause : Unexpected IN-message Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24D3 Memoskop hard disk error Cause : Data parity error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24D4 Memoskop hard disk error Cause : Hard disc not on SCSI bus Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

12V-Power Supply

24D5 Memoskop hard disk error Cause : Hard disk not ready Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

12V-Power Supply

24D8 Memoskop hard disk bus error Cause : SCSI Stop error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective. Cause : SCSI stop: parity error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective Cable defective

Hard disk defective

Memoskop hard disk bus error

Hard disk defective

24DA Memoskop hard disk bus error Cause : SCSI stop: Data phase error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 66 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

24DB Memoskop hard disk bus error Cause : SCSI stop: error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24DC Memoskop hard disk bus error Cause : SCSI stop: LRAM stop error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24DD Memoskop hard disk bus error Cause : SCSI stop error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24DE Memoskop hard disk bus error Cause : SCSI stop error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24DF Memoskop hard disk bus error Cause : SCSI stop error Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24E0 Memoskop harddisk bus error Cause : CMD exit with check condition Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24E1 Memoskop hard disk bus error Cause : CMD Exit no message in phase Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24E2 Memoskop hard disk bus error Cause : CMD exit unexpected IN-message Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Cable defective

Hard disk defective

24F0 Memoskop CPU2-SW-error Cause : Unknown DBI unknown request from CPU1 Possible trouble / help : Internal SW error

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 67 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

24F1 Memoskop CPU2-SW-error Cause : Error in 3 byte ADD Possible trouble / help : Internal SW error
.

24F2 Memoskop CPU2-SW-error Cause : Checksum Error in FEPROM Possible trouble / help : Board D2 defective
.

Try download

24F3 Memoskop CPU2-SW-error Cause : Wrong request Possible trouble / help : Internal SW Error
.

24F4 Memoskop CPU2-SW-error Cause : Wrong request number Possible trouble / help : Internal SW Error
.

24F8 Memoskop CPU1-CPU2 communication error Cause : Receiver timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective
.

Board D2 defective

Board D5 defective

24F9 Memoskop CPU1-CPU2 communication error Cause : Receiver checksum error Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective
.

Board D2 defective

Board D5 defective

24FA Memoskop CPU1-CPU2 communication error Cause : Transmitter timeout Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective
.

Board D2 defective

Board D5 defective

24FB Memoskop CPU1-CPU2 communication error Cause : Transmitter checksum error Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective
.

Board D2 defective

Board D5 defective

24FC Memoskop CPU1-CPU2 communication error Cause : Transmitter HW Error Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective

Board D2 defective

Board D5 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 68 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

2501 Memoskop unknown S3 bus telegram received Cause : Unknown command on S3 bus Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Different software versions on boards D1 and host
.

Try Download HOST and Memoskop.

2502 Memoskop S3 bus telegram with wrong length received Cause : wrong command on S3 bus Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Different software versions on boards D1 and D2
.

Try Download HOST and Memoskop.

2503 Memoskop IMG S3 bus transmit error Cause : Error in data transmission between Memoskop and S3 bus Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Host - S3 bus - D6 input connection defective
.

Output connection for board D1 defective

2504 Memoskop S3 bus receive error Cause : Error in data transmission between S3 bus and Memoskop Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Output connection between host D6 and S3 bus defective . Input connection of board D1 defective
.

2601 Memoskop error during text controller test Cause : Internal test of test controller negative. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Text module D6 in Memoskop defective
.

Board D1 defective

2602 Memoskop error during text controller RAM test Cause : Internal test of test controller RAMs negative. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Text module D6 in Memoskop defective
.

Board D1 defective

2610 Memoskop keyboard interface test: baud rate too low Cause : Error detected in SG carriage during keyboard test Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Text module D6 in Memoskop defective

Board D1 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 69 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

2611 Memoskop keyboard interface test: baud rate too high Cause : Error detected in SG carriage during keyboard test Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Interface module for keyboard on board D1 defective.
.

2612 Memoskop keyboard interface test: Baud clock missing Cause : Error detected in SG carriage during keyboard test Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Interface module for keyboard on board D1 defective.
.

2620 Memoskop keyboard interface test: Feedback error Cause : Error detected in SG carriage during keyboard test Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Interface module for keyboard on board D1 defective.
.

2621 Memoskop keyboard interface test: Feedback timeout Cause : Error detected in SG carriage during keyboard test Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Interface module for keyboard on board D1 defective.
.

2710 Memoskop BAS sync. test: H sync. period too long Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective Cable X13 on Memoskop
.

2711 Memoskop BAS sync. test: H sync. period too short Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective Cable X13 on Memoskop
.

2712 Memoskop BAS sync. test: H sync. missing Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective Cable X13 on Memoskop

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 70 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

2720 Memoskop BAS sync. test: 50 Hz VR sync period too long Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective Cable X13 on Memoskop
.

2721 Memoskop BAS sync. test: 50 Hz VR sync period too short Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective Cable X13 on Memoskop
.

2722 Memoskop BAS sync. test: 60 Hz VR sync period too long Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective Cable X13 on Memoskop
.

2723 Memoskop BAS sync. test: 60 Hz VR sync period too short Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective Cable X13 on Memoskop
.

2724 Memoskop BAS sync. test: VR sync. missing Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective Cable X13 on Memoskop
.

2730 Memoskop BAS sync. test: H sync. level error Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective Cable X13 on Memoskop
.

2731 Memoskop BAS sync. test: PLL lock error Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective Cable X13 on Memoskop

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 71 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

2740 Memoskop BAS sync. test: VR interrupt missing Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Board D1 defective Cable X13 on Memoskop
.

2750 Memoskop BAS sync. test: Wrong call up parameter Cause : Error detected during synchronization test of storage TV system Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Software error
.

2800 Memoskop Voltage test: ADC ref. voltage too high Cause : Reference voltage for analog/digital converter on board D1 too high. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : CPU1 error Board D1 defective
.

2801 Memoskop Voltage test: ADC ref. voltage too low Cause : Reference voltage for analog/digital converter on board D1 too high. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : CPU1 error +5 V supply voltage too high
.

Board D1 defective

2810 Memoskop Voltage test: VPP min. too high Cause : Programming voltage for flash PROMs out of tolerance. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Voltage regulator for programming
.

voltages on D1 defective

Connector X13 on Memoskop

2811 Memoskop Voltage test: VPP min. too low Cause : Programming voltage for flash PROMs out of tolerance. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Voltage regulator for programming
.

voltages on D1 defective

Connector X13 on Memoskop

2812 Memoskop Voltage test: VPP max. too high Cause : Programming voltage for flash PROMs out of tolerance. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Voltage regulator for programming

voltages on D1 defective

Connector X13 on Memoskop

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 72 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

2813 Memoskop Voltage test: VPP max. too low Cause : Programming voltage for flash PROMs out of tolerance. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Voltage regulator for programming
.

voltages on D1 defective

Connector X13 on Memoskop

2814 Memoskop Voltage test: VPP missing Cause : Programming voltage for flash PROMs out of tolerance. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Voltage regulator for programming
.

voltages on D1 defective

Connector X13 on Memoskop

2820 Memoskop Voltage test: 5V analog too high Cause : Supply voltage exceeds 6 V Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Voltage regulator on board D1 def.
.

Connector X13 on Memoskop

2821 Memoskop Voltage test: 5V analog too low Cause : Supply voltage less than 4 V; LED +5V on Memoskop switches off. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Voltage regulator on board D1 def.
.

Connector X13 on Memoskop

2830 Memoskop Voltage test: -5V2 too high Cause : Supply voltage for clock too high Possible trouble / help : Voltage regulator on board D1 def.
.

Connector X13 on Memoskop -5V2 switches off. Connector X13 on Memoskop

2831 Memoskop Voltage test: -5V2 too low Cause : Supply voltage for clock too low; LED on Memoskop Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Voltage regulator on board D1 def.
.

2840 Memoskop Voltage test: VEE analog (-5V) too high Cause : Supply voltage for ADC/DAC too high. Possible trouble / help : Voltage regulator on board D1 def.

Connector X13 on Memoskop

2841 Memoskop Voltage test: VEE analog (-5V) too low Cause : Supply voltage for ADC/DAC too low. LED VEE on Memoskop switches off. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Voltage regulator on board D1 def. Connector X13 on Memoskop

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 73 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:
.

TV device errors

3001 TV reference voltage out of tolerance Cause : Tolerances for reference voltage exceeded Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : See troubleshooting instructions
.

Power supply D10

Board D110

3004 TV D112 NVRAM RAM-region error Cause : Processor tries to overwrite a protected area in the NVRAM. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Perform "source" test and switch unit off and on. Error eliminated: ok . Error not eliminated: D112 board; +5V voltage (rise, drop).
.

3005 TV D112 NVRAM checksum error Cause : Stored checksum of NVRAM does not agree with actual checksum. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Try download and switch on/off several times Error eliminated: ok . Error not eliminated: D112; +5V voltage (rise, drop).
.

3006 TV D112 NVRAM test error Cause : Test of NVRAM is negative Active: during Download Possible trouble / help : NVRAM defective ->
.

Replace D112

3009 TV interference during download Cause : Illegal spikes on download line Active: during Download Possible trouble / help : Check download lines
.

3010 KK voltage out of tolerance Cause : One of the KK voltages (+5 V digital, +12 V analog, +12 V digital, -10 V digital) is missing. Active: Constantly . G5321-83 Possible trouble / help : Measure at D110 pin X4/b10: Voltage between +1.9 and +2.0 V: +5 V digital defective .Voltage between - 0.6 and - 0.3 V: +12 V digital defective Voltage between +4.6 and +4.7 V:-10 V digital defective .Voltage between +2.6 and +2.7 V: +12 V analog defective .Voltage between +4.0 and +4.1 V: all voltages are o.k.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 74 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

3011 TV CUP Pelletier voltage out of tolerance Cause : Faulty supply voltage of Pelletier element Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Voltage at test pin X1/30 (CUP) not ok -> power supply defective . If voltage at test pin X1/30 (CUP) is ok, then measure voltage at test pin X2/15 (GUP); . If ok -> VV (preamp) board defective. If voltage at test pin X2/15 (GUP) is not ok, KK def.
.

3012 KK B DC signal out of tolerance Cause : DC value of B signal on board KK not ok Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Power supply of D110 (preamp) . Test pin X1/VV not ok: KK board defective.
.

Test pin X1/VV ok: D110 defective

3013 KK B-signal AC-value out of tolerance Cause : AC value of B signal on board KK not ok Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : KK board defective
.

3014 KK Pelletier element does not cool the CCD chip Cause : Measured temperature value with active Pelletier element not lower than with inactive Pelletier element. Active: during initial loading of the TV camera Possible trouble / help :Normal after worming up of the CCD chip KK and initial loading of the TV camera. . Pelletier element defective
.

3020 TV D110 X27TP D+12V out of tolerance Cause : +12 V digital supply voltage for the KK board def. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Test pin X27/D110 ok: D110 defective. . Test pin X27/D110 not ok but +15 V ok: D110 defective. . Test pin X27/D110 not ok and +15 V not ok: power supply defective.
.

3021 TV D110 X26TP A+12V out of tolerance Cause : +12 V analog supply voltage for KK board defective. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D110 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 75 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

3022 TV D110 LED V62, +5V out of tolerance Cause : +5 V supply voltage for the VV board defective Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Test pin X1/25 on D110 ok:D110 defective . Test pin X1/25 on D110 not ok: power supply defective
.

3023 TV D110 LED V63, -10V Pelletier (CUB) out of tolerance Cause : Supply voltage for Pelletier element (-10V) defective Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Test pin X1/29 on D110 ok: D110 defective . Test pin X1/29 on D110 not ok: power supply defective
.

3024 TV D110 X28TP, A-12V out of tolerance Cause : Fault in -12 V supply voltage for D110 Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Test pin X28/D110 ok: D110 def . Test pin X28/VV not ok but -15 V supply voltage ok: D110 defective . Test pin X28/D110 not ok and -15 V supply voltage not ok: power supply def.
.

3025 TV D110 X29TP, D-12V out of tolerance Cause: Fault in -12 V supply voltage for D110 Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D110 defective
.

3027 TV D110 X6TP, H-saw-tooth amplitude test error Cause : Fault in H saw-tooth on D110 Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Test pin X6/D110 ok: D110 def. Test pin X6/D110 not ok and amplitude adjustable: Set amplitude. .Amplitude not adjustable: Measure XH/C9 on H-pulse board If H-pulse ok: D110 defective; otherwise, D112.
.

3028 TV D110 X8TP, digital measuring field test error Cause : Fault in digital measuring field Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Test pin X8 on D110 ok: VV board defective . Test pin X8 on D110 not ok: Measure test pin X4/a8. . Test pin o.k.:D110 defective; otherwise D112 defective.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 76 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

3029 TV IW analog measuring field test error Cause : Error in analog measuring field Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D111 defective
.

D110 possibly defective

302A TV D110 X9TP, 250kHz-test-image test error Cause : Fault in digital test image Active: during test image Possible trouble / help : Activate 250 kHz test image and measure test pin X9 on D110. . If ok: D110 defective; otherwise switch over S100/D110 and measure X9/D110 again. . If ok: D112 defective; otherwise D110 defective.
.

302B TV D110 IW MIWB signal error Cause : MIWD signal on D110 defective Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D110 defective
.

302C TV D110 BASA signal error Cause : BASA contrast of D110 defective Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D110 defective
.

Check connection to Memoskop

(75-ohm terminal resistance)

302D TV D110 BASA linear signal error Cause: BASA signal (linear) of D110 defective Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D110 defective
.

302E TV D110 BASA gamma signal error Cause : BASA signal (gamma) of D110 defective Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D110 defective
.

3030 TV D111 actual value error Cause : Fault on D111 Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Check supply voltages on D110. If voltages ok: D111 defective.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 77 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

3031 TV D111 actual value timeout Cause : Fault on IW board Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Check supply voltages on D110.
.

If voltages ok: D111 def.

3032 TV D111 actual value transfer error Cause : transfer error on D111 Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D111 defective
.

3033 TV D111 actual value timeout on transfer Cause : transfer error on D111 Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D111 defective
.

3035 TV D111 actual value digital error Cause : Fault in IWB signal Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : If error 302B also occurs,D110 is defective; otherwise
.

D111 is defective.

3036 TV D111 actual value MW error Cause : Error in actual mean value Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D111 defective
.

3037 TV D111 actual value SW error Cause : Error in actual peak value, white Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D111 defective
.

3038 TV D111 actual value SS error Cause : Error in actual peak value, black Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D111 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 78 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

3039 TV D111 actual value SS-SW error Cause : Error in actual peak value, black and white Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D111 defective
.

303A TV D111 AGC error Cause : fault in AGC control Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : D111 defective
.

3101 TV D112 test switch active 3102 TV data failure Active: Constantly 3103 TV DBI failure Active: Constantly 3104 TV D111 actual value isn't ready Active: during power up 310A TV NOVRAM error during download Active: during TV Download 310B TV HX_DLO_START signal not received during download Active: during TV Download 310C TV NOVRAM checksum error during download Active: during TV Download

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 79 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:

Console device errors

4001 Console FEPROM checksum error Cause : Wrong checksum during data transfer from console to HOST. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective Software in FEPROM console defective . 4002 Console watchdog reset error Cause : Console signals a RESET to the HOST Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective Software in FEPROM console defective . 4003 Console FEPROM +12V Vpp out of tolerance Cause : Programming voltage for FE PROMs out-of-tolerance Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Power supply for console not o.k. Console defective . 4004 Console +5V out of tolerance Cause : Power supply for console out-of-tolerance Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Power supply for console not o.k. Console defective . 4005 Console SW version not released Cause : Software version of console could not be recognized. Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : Console software defective, Try download console

Try Download.

Try Download.

Break in cable

Break in cable

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 80 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:

TV device errors

4105 TV D112 NVRAM checksum error during download Cause : Error detected during download Active: during TV download Possible trouble / help : Board D112 defective
.

Repeat download.

4106 TV D112 NVRAM test error during download Cause : Error detected during download Active: during TV download Possible trouble / help : Board D112 defective
.

Repeat download.

4116 TV D112 data error during download Cause : Error detected during download Active: during TV download Possible trouble / help : reset
.

4117 TV D112 DBI error during download Cause : Unknown data word detected during download Active: during TV download Possible trouble / help : Operation of unit executed during download
.

411E TV D112 NVRAM error during download Cause : Error detected during download Active: during TV Download Possible trouble / help : Repeat download.
.

Board D112 may be defective.

411F TV D112 no download start Cause : No data are sent for Download unless a download request is pending. Active: during TV download Possible trouble / help : Software error
.

4120 TV D112 checksum error in DBI during download Cause : Error detected during download Active: during TV download Possible trouble / help : Malfunction of data line

Check plug connections.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 81 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:

Console checksum errors

4201 Console FEPROM checksum error during download Cause : Wrong checksum for data transfer. Active: during console download Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective
.

Software in FEPROM

console defective

4202 Console watchdog reset during download Cause : Console signals a RESET to the HOST Active: during console download Possible trouble / help : FEPROM in console defective
.

Try download.

4203 Console FEPROM +12V Vpp out of tolerance during. download Cause : Programming voltage for FE PROMs out-of-tolerance Active: during console download Possible trouble / help : Power supply for console not o.k.
.

Console defective

Break in cable

4204 Console +5V out of tolerance during download Cause : Power supply for console out-of-tolerance Active: during console download Possible trouble / help : Power supply for console not o.k. 4205 Console SW version not released during download Cause : Software version of console could not be recognized. Active: during console download Possible trouble / help : Console software defective
.

Console defective

Break in cable

Try download

420B Console FEPROM erase error during download Cause : The FEPROM is completely erased prior to programming. If this proves impossible, an error message appears. Active: during console download Possible trouble / help : +15 V supply voltage missing Board D20 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 82 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

420C Console FEPROM programming error during download Cause : After each write operation to the FEPROM, the input value is read back. If the value read does not agree . with the value written, an error is displayed. Active during: Console download Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective, D20 +15 V supply voltage Console defective 420D Console checksum error in DBI during download Cause : Data were transmitted with the wrong checksum. Active: during console download Possible trouble / help : Malfunction of the data line . 420E Console FEPROM checksum error during download Cause : Checksum of flash EPROM is not correct Active: during console Download Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective

Check plug connections

Board D20

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 83 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:

D1 memoskop device errors

4314 Memoskop D1/D18 data checksum error during download Cause : Checksum error detected in data transfer Active: during Memoskop download Possible trouble / help : Malfunction of data line
.

Check plug connections

4321 Memoskop D1/D18 not ready for download Cause : Request sent for download, however, Memoskop not ready. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : Timing. Try download again.
.

4322 Memoskop D1/D18 DBI too long during download Cause : Excessively long data word detected during download. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : Fault in Memoskop Board D1 (D18)
.

S3-Bus error

4323 Memoskop D1/D18 address outside of area dur. download Cause : Selected address lies outside of permissible area Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : Internal software error
.

4324 Memoskop D1/D18 incorrect data checksum dur. download Cause : Data was transferred with an incorrect checksum. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : Malfunction of data line (S3-Bus).
.

Check plug connections.

4331 Memoskop D1/D18 FEPROM erase error during download Cause : Memoskop can not be cleared Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective.
.

+15 V supply voltage, X13

Board D1 defective

4332 Memoskop D1/D18 FEPROM programming error during. download Cause : After each write operation to the FEPROM, the input value is read back. If the value read does not agree . with the value written, an error is displayed. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective +15 V supply voltage, X13 Board D1 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 84 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

4333 Memoskop D1/D18 FEPROM1 programming error during download Cause : No data can be written to FEPROM 1. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective Board D1 (D18) defective
.

+15 V supply voltage, X13

4334 Memoskop D1/D18 FEPROM2 programming error during download Cause : No data can be written to FEPROM 2. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective Board D1 (D18) defective
.

+15 V supply voltage, X13

4335 Memoskop D1/D18 FEPROM not complete erased during. download Cause : The FEPROM is completely erased prior to programming. If this proves impossible, an error message appears. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : +15 V supply voltage missing Board D1 (D18) defective FEPROM defective
.

4336 Memoskop D1/D18 FEPROM all bytes already 0 4341 Memoskop D1/D18 unknown test number during download Cause :An unknown test number was called up. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : Software error
.

4342 Memoskop D1/D18 unknown DBI in HX_REQUEST during download Cause : Unknown data bit detected during polling of configuration Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : Software error
.

4343 Memoskop D1/D18 wrong segment during download Cause : Software error Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : reset
.

4345 Memoskop D1/D18 wrong segment during download Cause : Software error Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help :reset

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 85 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

4351 Memoskop D1/D18 unknown telegram from HOST during download 4352 Memoskop D1/D18 receive error during download Cause : Error in data reception by HOST Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : Memoskop-HOST connection
.

Software error

4353 Memoksop D1/D18 transmit error during download Cause : Error in data transmission by HOST Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : Memoskop-HOST connection
.

4361 Memoskop D1/D18 +12V Vpp out of tolerance during download Cause : +12 V programming voltage not o.k. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 Possible trouble / help : Connector X13 on board D1
.

Board D1 (D18) defective

Power unit voltage supply

4362 Memoskop D1/D18 +12.4V Vpp out of tolerance during download Cause : +12 V programming voltage not o.k. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : Connector X13 on board D1 Board D1 (D18) defective
.

Power unit voltage supply

4363 Memoskop D1/D18 internal test failed during download Cause : Error during internal test Active: during download of Memoskop D1 (D18) Possible trouble / help : reset
.

4371 Memoskop D1/D18 FEPROM checksum error during download Cause : Checksum of FE PROMs incorrect Active: during download of Memoskop D1 Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 86 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:

D2 memoskop device errors

4414 Memoskop D2 data checksum error during download Cause : Error detected in checksum during data transfer. Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : Malfunction of data line
.

Check plug connections

D1 defective

4421 Memoskop D2 not ready for download Cause : Request sent for download, however, Memoskop not yet ready. Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : reset
.

4422 Memoskop D2 DBI too long during download Cause : Excessively long data word detected during download. Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : Fault in Memoskop Board D2
.

S3-Bus error

4423 Memoskop D2 address outside of area during download Cause : Selected address lies outside of permissible area Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : reset
.

4424 Memoskop D2 incorrect data checksum during download Cause : Data transferred with incorrect checksum. Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : Malfunction of data line.
.

Check plug connections.

4431 Memoskop D2 FEPROM erase error during download Cause : Memoskop can not be cleared Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : Board D2, D1 defective.
.

+15 V supply voltage, X13

FEPROM defective

4432 Memoskop D2 FEPROM programming error during download Cause : After each write operation to the FEPROM, the input value is read back. If the value read does not agree . with the value written, an error is displayed. Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective +15 V supply voltage, X13 Board D2, D1 defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 87 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

4433 Memoskop D2 FEPROM1 programming error during download Cause : No data can be written to FEPROM 1. Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective
.

+15 V supply voltage, X13

Board D2, D1 defective

4434 Memoskop D2 FEPROM2 programming error during download Cause : No data can be written to FEPROM 2. Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective +15 V supply voltage, X13

Board D2, D1 defective

4435 Memoskop D2 FEPROM erase error during download Cause : The FEPROM is completely erased prior to programming. If this proves impossible, an error message appears. Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective +15 V supply voltage, X13 Board D2, D1 defective
.

4436 Memoskop D2 FEPROMS all bytes already 0


.

4441 Memoskop D2 unknown test number during download Cause : An unknown test number was called up. Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : Software error
.

4442 Memoskop D2 unknown DBI in HX_REQUEST during download Cause : Unknown data bit detected during polling of configuration Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : Software error
.

4443 Memoskop D2 wrong segment during download Cause : Software error Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : Software error
.

4444 Memoskop D2 wrong test DBI during download Cause : Software error Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : reset

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 88 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

4445 Memoskop D2 wrong segment during download Cause : Software error Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : reset
.

4451 Memoskop D2 unknown telegram from HOST during download 4452 Memoskop D2 receive error during download Cause : Error in data reception by HOST Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : Memoskop-HOST connection
.

Software error

4453 Memoskop D2 transmit error during download Cause : Error in data transmission by HOST Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : Memoskop-HOST connection
.

4461 Memoskop D2 +12V Vpp out of tolerance during download Cause : +12 V programming voltage not o.k. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 Possible trouble / help : Connector X13 on board D1
.

Board D1 defective

Power unit voltage supply

4462 Memoskop D2 +12.4V Vpp out of tolerance dur. download Cause : +12 V programming voltage not o.k. Active: during download of Memoskop D1 Possible trouble / help : Connector X13 on board D1
.

Board D1 defective

Power unit voltage supply

4463 Memoskop D2 internal test failed during download Cause : Error during internal test Active: during download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : reset
.

4471 Memoskop D2 FEPROM checksum error during download Cause : Checksum of FE PROMs incorrect Active: End of download of Memoskop D2 Possible trouble / help : FEPROM defective

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 89 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:
.

Generator device errors

5002 X-RAY_ON timeout error Cause : During radiation, the HOST processor sends an X-RAY_ON .note every 100 ms. If the generator does not receive . such a note within 300 ms, an error is displayed. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Interference on the HOST-generator serial interface
.

5003 GEN intensity signal timeout error Cause : During radiation, the TV processor sends an intensity value every 20 ms. If the generator does not receive . a valid TV note within 100 ms, an error is displayed. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Interference on the TV-HOST-generator serial interface
.

5005 GEN D201 EEPROM can not be overwritten Cause : After each write operation to the EEPROM, the input value will be read back. If the value read does not agree . with the value written, an error is displayed. Active: during standby Possible trouble / help : EEPROM defective
.

5006 GEN time limit for cassette exposure Cause : For cassette exposures, a max. time is calculated according to the mAs setting. If this setting is . exceeded by 20%, the exposure is aborted. An error is then displayed. Active: during cassette exposure Possible trouble / help : Required tube current not attained. Line impedance too high.
.

5007 GEN D201 FEPROM checksum error Cause : Checksum of FEPROM is wrong Active: during power up Possible trouble / help : download generator software
.

Change FEPROM

5008 GEN-learning not possible Active: Service-mode Possible trouble / help : Check filament current

Short circuit tube

Check x-ray tube and cable

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 90 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

500A Overload current in tube heating circuit Cause : If the over current monitor of the heating inverter constantly responds during a preset period of time, . an error is displayed. Active: during radiation, Standby Possible trouble / help : Short circuit in inverter bridge Malfunction of controller (ground wiring, shielding)
.

500B Overload current in intermediate-circuit reduction contrast Cause : If the over current monitor of intermediate-circuit reduction controller constantly responds during a . preset period of time, an error is displayed (V1.1 IZ D202 lights up for approx. 0.5 s). Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : Short circuit in reduction controller bridge. (ground wiring, shielding)
.

500C Overload current in main inverter Cause : If the over current monitor of the main inverter constantly responds during a preset period of time, an . error is displayed.(LED V1.1 IZ on D202 lights up for appr. 0.5 s). Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Short circuit in main inverter Malfunction of controller (ground wiring, shielding)
.

5014 Maximum tube current exceeded Cause : If an illegal tube current is detected at the analog input of the computer during radiation, an error is displayed. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Single tank not high-voltage-proof.
.

5015 Minimum tube current Cause : If an excessively . during radiation, Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help :
.

not attained low tube current or no current at all is detected at the analog input of the computer an error is displayed. Single tank defective No actual mA value present

5016 Maximum kV exceeded Cause : Controller D202 monitors the max. permissible value of the high voltage (120 kV). If this value is exceeded, . an error is displayed. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Single tank defective No actual kV value present

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 91 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

5017 Minimum kV not attained Cause : Controller D202 monitors the min. permissible value of the high voltage. If this value is not attained, . an error is displayed. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : No actual kV value present Inverter not functioning No drive pulses present.
.

5019 Maximum heating current exceeded Cause : The HK inverter monitors the r.m.s. value of the heating current (D203 J11) with time-dependence. . If the monitor constantly responds (LED V25 on D203), an error is displayed. Possible trouble / help : reset
.

501A Minimum heating current not attained Cause : If an excessively low heating current or no current at all is detected at the analog input of the computer . during radiation, an error is displayed. Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : Oscillating branch of heating circuit not o.k. No actual tube values present.
.

501B Maximum intermediate-circuit voltage too high Cause : If an illegal intermediate-circuit voltage is detected at the analog input of the computer, an error is displayed. Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : Single tank defective No actual kV value present +/-15 V voltage supply
.

501C Minimum intermediate-circuit voltage too low Cause : If an excessively low intermediate-circuit voltage or no intermediate -circuit voltage at all is detected . at the analog input of the computer, an error is displayed. Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : Drive pulses for intermediate- circuit reduction controller not present; oscillating . circuit not o.k. (choke L1)
.

501D Maximum input voltage exceeded Cause : If an excessive rectified input voltage is detected at the analog input of the computer (D200, X12 Un=324V) . an error is displayed. Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : Input voltage D204, X1 too high.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 92 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

501E Minimum input voltage not attained Cause : If an excessively low rectified input voltage or no such voltage at all is detected at the analog input . of the computer (D200, X12 Un=324V), an error is displayed. Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : Input voltage D204, X1 too low. Line impedance too high.
.

5020 Maximum heating-inverter frequency Cause : If the heating inverter operates at maximum frequency for a preset period of time, an error is indicated. Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : Actual IH value not present at analog input.
.

5028 GEN D202 +/- 15 V supply voltage missing Cause : Controller D202 monitors the +/-15 V supply voltages (relays K15P, K15N). If monitor responds, error is output. Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : +/- 15 V not present.
.

5029 GEN D202 power circuit supply voltages missing Cause : Controller D202 monitors the input voltage for the intermediate circuit (Un=230 V). If the value measured . lies beyond the prescribed limits, an error message comes Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : Input voltage D204, X1 missing Fuses D204, F1/F2 defective Fuse D200, F1 defective.
.

502B No radiation enable from controller Cause : Controller D202 must send the XRAY_Q_R signal to enable radiation release. If this enable signal is . not sent or is cancelled during radiation emission, an error message is displayed. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Check the signals I_MAX_ZW, P_MAX_R,I_MAX_WR, VZW_OK, XRAY_ON on D202.
.

502C Inverter control not possible Cause : The WR_OK signal indicates whether drive pulses are available for the inverter. If the computer detects that . this signal is missing, an error is then displayed. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : D202, XRAY_ON_S1 (HW release missing)

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 93 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

502D temperature sensor defective. Cause : Current single tank sensor temperature < +17 Celsius Active: during power up. Possible trouble / help: Break or short circuit in sensor line. single tank sensor < +17 Celsius 5065 GEN temp max note Cause : Max. temperature of single tank attained (70C) Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : Single tank overheated
.

Break or short circuit in sensor line

5067 GEN pmax active note Cause : Oil pressure switch on single tank responded; Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : Single tank overheated.
.

radiation is switched off. Check D200, X5 Break in line to oil pressure switch.

5068 GEN pmax o.k. note Cause : Oil pressure switch deactivated after single tank cooled off. Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : reset
.

5069 GEN xray on S2 note Cause : If the trigger switch is released during radiation (LIH, cassette exposure), a message is sent to the host. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Operator prematurely aborted exposure. Line break
.

506A GEN missing learn data note Cause : Learn data missing Active: during standby Possible trouble / help : Heating data learn procedure not performed. . Heating data learn operation procedure aborted.
.

Perform generator learn procedure.

506B GEN rx acknowledge note Cause : No acknowledge note received Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Interference with HOST-GEN communication

Check connecting lines.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 94 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

506C GEN telegram repeat note Cause : Generator receives wrong acknowledge 3x following transmission of note. Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : Interference with HOST-GEN communication 506D GEN error data note Cause : Error during storage of error data in EEPROM D201. Active: during radiation, standby Possible trouble / help : D201 . 506E GEN-push factor not exactly Cause : push factor of filament current not o.k. Active: service mode (learning of filament current) Possible trouble / help : line resistance to high . 506F GEN operating temperature to low Cause : Current single tank sensor temperature < +17 Celsius Active: during power up. Possible trouble / help: Break or short circuit in sensor line.

board D203 defective

single tank sensor < +17 Celsius

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 95 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:

Generator interface in host device errors

6006 Generator Ready not received Cause : Generator does not answer HOST note Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Connection to generator defective
.

Generator defective

6007 Unknown ready timeout 6008 HOST received GEN-note with wrong DBI or parameter Cause : generator sends wrong note to HOST Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Incompatible generator and HOST software.
.

6009 HOST received GEN-note with wrong checksum Cause : Incorrect checksum during data transfer between generator and HOST. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Transfer error Defective interface modules
.

600A HOST received GEN-note of incorrect length Cause : Note from generator to HOST has incorrect length. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Transmission error Fault in generator
.

Check plug connection

600B Gen_ in ACK received but no acceptance Cause : The generator sends an acknowledge in response to a note even though no note was sent by the HOST. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Generator-HOST timing defective, e.g. in short, rapid succession Release switch actuated.
.

600C XRAY_ON, but hand/foot switch not pressed Cause : Radiation is triggered even though the release switch was not pressed longer than 4 sec. Active: during radiation Possible trouble / help : Operator error - the release switch was pressed either too briefly or in short, rapid succession.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 96 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

600D HOST received GEN-note with wrong DBI Cause : If data is transmitted from the HOST to the generator, the generator subsequently sends an answer . telegram. If the answer contains the wrong function code, an error message appears. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : HOST and generator software incompatible 600E HOST received GEN-note with wrong parameter Cause : If data is transmitted from the HOST to the generator, the generator subsequently sends an answer . telegram. If the answer contains the wrong function code, an error message appears. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : HOST and generator software incompatible
.

600F HOST denied GEN-note Cause : If data are sent from the HOST to the generator, the generator then sends an answer note. If the answer . contains the wrong function code, an error appears. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Incompatible HOST and generator software
.

6010 HOST received GEN-note with wrong checksum Cause : If data are sent from the HOST to the generator, the generator then sends an answer note. If the answer . contains the wrong function code, an error appears. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Incompatible HOST and generator software
.

6011 HOST received GEN-note with wrong length Cause : If data are sent from the HOST to the generator, the generator then sends an answer note. If the answer . contains the wrong function code, an error appears. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Incompatible HOST and generator software
.

6012 HOST received GEN-note with wrong function code Cause : If data are sent from the HOST to the generator, the generator then sends an answer note. If the answer . contains the wrong function code, an error appears. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Incompatible HOST and generator software

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 97 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

6013: HOST tries to send undefined function code Cause: The HOST tries to send an undefined function code to the generator. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : HOST software error 6014 HOST tries to send undefined parameter Cause : HOST tries to send a defined function code to the generator, however, the parameters of the command are incorrect. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : HOST software error
.

6015 No ready response to HOST-GEN-note after n retries Cause : The generator did not respond to a HOST note even though the HOST sent it several times. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Fault in generator HOST-generator connection
.

Interface in generator

6016 Host tries to send wrong message type Cause : HOST tries to transmit wrong type of message. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : HOST software error
.

6018 HOST D3 GEN-interface parity/overrun/frame error Cause : The interface chip for the generator on D3 detected an error. The note is discarded by the HOST. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : With infrequent entry - normal Board D3 defective Wrong baud rate from generator
.

6019 RMOS RIO receive error Cause : Software driver in HOST detected receive error. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : System overload
.

601A RMOS RIO send error Cause : Error detected by software driver in HOST. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : System overload

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 98 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:
.

Intensity actual value interface errors

7018 HOST D3 intensity interface parity/overrun/frame error Cause : Interface chip for intensity interface on D3 detected a fault. The note is discarded by the HOST. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : With infrequent entry - normal Board D3 defective Wrong TV baud rate
.

7019 HOST D3 intensity interface receive error Cause : Error detected by software driver in HOST. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : System overload
.

702D intensity telegram difference from menu-value

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 99 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:
.

HOST D3.X5-interface communication error

8018 HOST D3.X5-interface parity/overrun/frame error Cause : Interface chip for service interface on D3 detected a fault. The note is discarded by the HOST. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : With infrequent entry - normal Board D3 defective Wrong baud rate from generator . 8019 HOST D3.X5-interface RMOS RIO receive error Cause : Receive error detected by software driver in HOST. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : System overload . 801A HOST D3.X5-interface RMOS RIO send error Cause : Error detected by software driver in HOST. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : System overload

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 100 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:

Host motor controller errors

9000 Motor controller not ready Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Board D5 defective (not plugged in)
.

Hardware defective

9001 Collimator not on cassette format Active: Switch over to cassette position Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement . and calibrate collimator drive
.

Check parameters of collimator drive Check end position signal Check motor control D5

9010 At collimator-auto scanning no index from plane 1 Cause : No index will be found Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Encoder disk doesn't move . Light barrier defective
.

Index mark not o.k. Check parameters in FEPROM

9011 Plane 1 not exactly positioned Cause : End position signal not o.k. Active: Switch over to norm position or cassette position Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement . Check motor control D5
.

Check end position signal Check parameters in FEPROM

9020 At collimator-auto scanning no index from plane 2 Cause : No index will be found Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Encoder disk doesn't move . Light barrier defective
.

Index mark not o.k. Check parameters in FEPROM

9021 Collimator Plane 2 not exactly positioned Cause : End position signal not o.k. Active: Switch over to norm position or cassette position Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement . Check motor control D5

Check end position signal Check parameters in FEPROM

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 101 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

9030 At collimator-autos canning no index from plane 3 Cause : No index will be found Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Encoder disk doesn't move . Light barrier defective
.

Index mark not o.k. Check parameters in FEPROM

9031 Collimator Plane 3 not exactly positioned Cause : End position signal not o.k. Active: Switch over to norm position or cassette position Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement . Check motor control D5
.

Check end position signal Check parameters in FEPROM

9040 X-iris doesn't find index Cause : No index will be found Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Encoder disk doesn't move . Light barrier defective
.

Index mark not o.k. Check parameters in FEPROM

9041 X-iris > than zoom position Cause : End position signal not o.k. Active: Switch over to zoom position Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement . Check motor control D5
.

Check end position signal Check parameters in FEPROM

9042 X-iris > than norm position Cause : End position signal not o.k. Active: Switch over to norm position Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement . Check motor control D5
.

Check end position signal Check parameters in FEPROM

9043 X-iris position wrong Cause : End position signal not o.k. Active: Switch over to any position Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement . Check motor control D5

Check end position signal Check parameters in FEPROM

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 102 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

9050 No index at camera-auto scanning Cause : No index will be found Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : camera head doesn't move
.

Index mark not o.k.

Light barrier defective

9051 Camera-rotation driving to norm position not possible Cause : End position signal not o.k. Active: Switch over to norm position Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement . Check motor control D5
.

Check end position signal Check parameters in FEPROM

9052 Camera-rotation position wrong Cause : End position signal not o.k. Active: Switch over to norm position Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement . Check motor control D5
.

Check end position signal Check parameters in FEPROM

9060 Camera iris doesn't find index Cause : No index signal (switch S32) Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement . Check motor control D5
.

Check end position signal Check parameters in FEPROM

9061 Camera iris can't be moved exactly to home position home position Cause : Movement from index to home (80 steps) Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement . Check motor control D5
.

Check end position signal Check D32, D30

9062 Camera iris not in zoom position Active: During radiation Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement 9063 Camera iris not in norm position Active: During radiation Possible trouble / help : Check mechanical movement

Check end position signal

Check motor control D5

Check end position signal

Check motor control D5

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 103 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

9064 Camera-iris position wrong Active: During power up or radiation Possible trouble / help : comes with error 9061 to 9063 . Check motor control
.

Check mechanical movement

Check end position signal

9210 HOST D5 motor controller plane1 reset error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with
.

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

9220 HOST D5 motor controller plane 2 reset error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with
.

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

9230 HOST D5 motor controller plane 3 reset error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with
.

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

9240 HOST D5 motor controller iris reset error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with 9250 HOST D5 motor controller camera rotation reset error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with
.

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

9260 HOST D5 motor controller camera iris reset error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 104 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

9310 HOST D5 motor controller plane 1 INIT error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with . 9320 HOST D5 motor controller plane 2 INIT error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with . 9330 HOST D5 motor controller plane 3 INIT error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with .l 9340 HOST D5 motor controller iris INIT error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with . 9350 HOST D5 motor controller camera rotation INIT error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with . 9360 HOST D5 motor controller camera iris INIT error Active: During power up Possible trouble / help : Only fatal error in service mode . If there is also a problem with

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

(Board D6 - S1 on 1) the motor - change board D5

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 105 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Error message:

unknown component Error

Cause : HOST receives error message, however, can not allocate it to any component. Active: Constantly Possible trouble / help : Software error FFFF POWER up message Cause :Power up identification for input of time and date. Useful in determining exactly when an error or fault occurred following switch-on. Active during: Power up Possible trouble / help : Normal, input to error memory following each switch-on. Multi-spot 2000 status and error messages: These messages may depend on the software level used in the Multi-spot 2000 camera. WARM UP SELF TEST SYSTEM OK INSERT CASSETTE REMOVE DRK SLIDE CALIBRATING The camera runs through a warm up period. As shown on the display the time is counted down. The camera is in the internal self test mode. The program confirms that the camera successfully completed the self-test. Program query prompting the user to insert the film cassette into the camera or to check whether the cassette was inserted correctly. The right dark slide is still in place. It has to be removed for exposure release. After the dark slide has been removed or the brightness level has been changed, the camera calibrates the internal brightness settings.

EXPOSING POS: 1/1 The video data is exposed on film END OF FILM NO VIDEO SIGNAL Last exposure depending on the film subdivision selected. Reinsert the dark slide and remove the cassette. The diagnostic imaging device is not transmitting a Video signal to the camera. Verify that the video signal is connected to the camera.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 106 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

DARK SLIDE ERROR NEG CAL ERROR

The exposure release button was pressed. However, the dark slide had not been removed. Pull out the dark slide. The camera did not finish brightness calibration before exposure release. Try to increase the brightness value and reduce the contrast. Another source for error may be the 75 Ohm termination at the video output of device. Ensure that the cable is connected. See NEG CAL ERROR If this occurs immediately after the warm up cycle and the self test, press the exposure release button. If the display reads NO VIDEO SIGNAL, check the video signal and the video connection. The microprocessor of the camera does not supply the brightness control signal for the internal monitor. As a result, image generation is blocked. Change camera. The micro processor of the camera does not supply the contrast control signal for the internal monitor. As a result, image generation is blocked. Change camera. Power supply defective. Power supply defective. Power supply defective. Power supply defective. Problems with the memory. All programmed parameters may have been deleted.

POS CAL ERROR PHOTOCELL ERROR BRT DRIVE ERROR CNT DRIVE ERROR MON 26V Fault MON P15V FAULT MON N15V FAULT MON 5V FAULT

MEMORY FAULT

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 107 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

D14 : +5v D11 : +/-15v ; +24v ; +28v D10 : U peltier +/-15v ; +10v ; + 5 v

SM 2352376-100TPH

Radiation ON

System Diagram
TV

BAS

actual value

Monitor 1

Monitor 2

Desk

II
BAS 1 BAS 2

Memory
Host Computer

hard copy

MTF Camera
Generator

Power Supply

230 v

Isostat

H.V filament

main power supply

Sirephos
temp.press.colli.
Stand Monitor Carriage

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 108 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Power supply: The power supply is located in the monitor trolley, so that it may be operated independently of the rest of the system. It is thus
possible to post-process the stored images. The network voltage is adapted to the different networks by means of a voltage stabilizer or a power transformer. The input voltage may be in the range from 1 000V to 277V.

Power supply location: The power supply is located in the stand:


D14 +5V ( on the front ) D11 +15V. -15V, +24V, +28V ( on the side ) It is indicated, whether the voltage is in the permissible range (green) . or above resp. below (red + 1- ). TV power supply: D10 U-Peltier, +15V, +5V. +10V ( on the side )

Stand mechanics: It is possible to lift or lower the C-arm manually via a spring counterweight. The respective brakes must be released for this
purpose. This is possible by means of 2 multifunction keys. Braking is possible by brake motors and / or pot magnets. It is possible to perform the C-arm movements similarly to the former Siremobils . Example: Vertical lift movement 450 mm Horizontal movement 200 mm C-arm orbital movement + 90 bis -25 Angulation! 190 Rotation (swivel range) t 12,50 Distance Sirephos -II. upper edge 680 mm C.arm radius 660 mm

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 109 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

BAS

SM 2352376-100TPH

control
TV unit TV iris
D14 : +5v D11 : +/-15v ; +24v ; +28v D10 : U peltier +/-15v ; +10v ; + 5 v

head

Bright - actual

II

power supply
X9

grid HC trigger

Host Computer
hard copy

BAS
Generator

M e m o s c o p

M e m o r y

MTF Camera

UNIT
collimator H.V filament
BAS 1

BAS 2

Monitor 1

Monitor 2

Sirephos

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 110 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Generator: The Siremobil 2000 have two different generator types. 1,3 KW version 3,1 KW version
These are high-frequency generators with a repetition rate of 20Khz. The high-voltage is controlled by the intermediate circuit voltage. This intermediated circuit voltage is transmitted to the main inverter . Filament control and therefore tube current control is performed digitally in the generator processor. The filament inverter is actuated by an ASIC component. The required KV and mA values are transmitted by the host compU1erto the generator processor via a serial interface.

Host computer: The host computer assumes the function of administrating the individual unit components in the Siremobil 2000. In its basic
version, the computer contains the following internal components: CPU card D2 ; BOOT card D3 ( software); S 3 bus controller D6; motor controller D5 ; graphics car D4 ( desk monitor).

Control console: The functions are input via the control console. The function groups include:
mode of operation selection (Fl, IFL, OR, IDR ) = fluoroscopy; pulse fluoroscopy; digital radiography; pulse digital radiography collimator operation (diaphragms. iris collimator ) influencing the image (came a rotation, BU, contr.) hardcopy triggering radiation display program keys The LCD display has two functions: 1) display of different parameters 2) function allocation of program keys

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 111 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Image intensifier: The 7 or 9 image intensifier including mini voltage supply is located in the I.I. housing. Depending on the I.I. type, the input
screen has a diameter of 17c.m and / or 23cm. The diameter of the output screen is 13mm. These image intensifiers are provided with a Penning getter and are permanently gettered. A MU-Metal shielding serves as shielding against external magnetic fields.

TV Iris diaphragm: A TV iris diaphragm is located between camera and I.I. and serves to control the video signal if the dose rate control has reached
its maximum.

TV System: ( camera head ; CCU )A normal-resolution CCD 1V system is used with Siremobil 2000. It consists of two main components, a camera head that can be turned and a central control unit. The sensor-specific subassemblies and the sensor are installed in the camera head. The central control unit comprises a video amplifier, actual value acquisition to obtain the actual value for the control system, and a control unit. Memory: ( memoskop )With Siremobil 2000, an image memory is used in any case, since functions like image reversal and contrast change are
performed via the memories. It is possible to select between the following memory types: Simple memory ( for two frames ) Three-image memory (with 3 solid state single memories) Series memory (such as three-image memory + hard disk) Subtraction memory

Monitors: Dependent on the memory, it is possible to connect monitors with 60Hz (with Siremobil 2001) and / or 100Hz / 200Hz vertical deflection
{with Siremobil 2002 / 2003). The brightness is adapted to room brightness via sensor. Monitor 60 Hz for Siremobil 2001 Monitor 100 Hz for Siremobil 2002 / 2003

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 112 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Host computer: The host computer contains the following components: CPU : (central unit ) D2
CPU 80286 ; Clock frequency 12 MHz ; RAM range 512 K released.

Boot card: D3 ( software )


Storing the system software (8 Flash EPROM: system software )

CGA card: D4 ( monitor controller )


Display control ( by desk controller)
Motor controller: D5

Control of collimator motors ; TV iris diaphragm ; camera rotation

S-3 BUS controller: D6


Interface between host and Siremobil components desk, memory and VID-D. The two free slots may take up PC boards for the simple memory and/or automatic collimator options.

Option: D7 / D8
With Siremobil 2002 / 2003: automatic collimator control ( In the case of Siremobil 2001, the single memory is installed in these stand. )

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 113 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

ImageStorage

Display

Interface Service

BedienpultController/ Control consoleController

leds

FS/TV Mini volt supply CAMERA Rotation Iris

Lue fan

Pult / Desk

U CCD

M
Cassette
M

T2

+27V +24V

BV
M
M
M
M

Brake control

BUS 12V AT

G OPTION

D BUTATIONIR14 Collimator

D2
Slot-CPU

T1
+/-15V +5V

Bus

Boot card

CGA board display

Motor - Controlle

S3Bus-Controller

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7
autom collimat.

D8
autom collimat.

Single tank Generator


20mA PERMANENT

Electronics box

230V

UNIT COMPONENTS SIREMOBIL 2

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

114 of 247

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

EEPROM programme set up values + errors


D3
D2

SM 2352376-100TPH

RAM 512 K

system reset
CPU 80286

EPROM Bios

service interface

RDX TDX

M
TB iris collimator control

D5

RS 232

CPU card HOST BUS

M
TV iris Diaphragm

Motor controller

M
Camera rotation

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 115 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CPU board D2 ; Host computer control is located on the CPU card. .A 80286 processor system is used. The system clock frequency is: 12MHz
The RAM range has been expanded to 1MB, 512KB of which can be addressed. The entire system software is transmitted from the FEPROM area of the boot card to this memory area during the initialisation phase .

Bios: The BIOS (Basic-Input-Output system) is stored in the ROM area. Initialisation power ON: The self-test of the processor. Systems starts after power ON and building up all mini-voltages .
All leds are actuated via the control console. After the self-test has been successfully terminated, the host performs system initialisation and actuates all pixels of the display. If an error has occurred during the self-test, an error message is output on the display as far as possible. The operational readiness is displayed by automatic setting of the pre-selected operating mode. in most cases continuous FL and appropriate display contents . After resetting the system. the real-time clock on the Slot CPU is queried. The collimator iris moves to overview format (17 cm and / or 23 cm according to II ). The slot collimator (both parts) moves to II. format. The TV camera (CCD) is set in basic position. The TV motor-driven iris is set according to programmed dose rate value.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 116 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE
D14 + 5 V

SI.S2000

Power fail

D3

HOST AT BUS

SM 2352376-100TPH

D2 CPU 80286

Reset

Watch-dog voltage monitoring

D6 S-3 BUS controller interface Host/Desk

V synchro Acquisition Interrupt

D20 generator

RDX TDX RDX


NOVRAM set up + errors

D110 TV

adjust the dose bright actual value

EEPROM congig

TDX EEPROM software


D50 Monitor carriage

RDX TDX
Service interface

RDX TDX RS 232


Boot Card

+ 15v

+ 12v

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 117 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Boot card D3: The boot card contains:


512KB program storage ( FEPROM for system software ) NOVRAM for setup values and error entry. EEPROM for configuration data. Watchdog with voltage monitoring. Reset output for host. Four serial interfaces for: communication with the generator , transmitting the bright actual value, service interface RS 232, optional data printer, The Vsynch and Acquisition signals are received by the AT bus and transmitted to the generator via open collector outputs. The bright actual value is generated in the TV system and transmitted to the host via a bus and further to the generator via a serial interface. 12V is generated ( power supply for the storage IC ) on the boot card from external1SV (programmable). IC = interface communication.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 118 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE
D40

SI.S2000

Display ON

D5

SM 2352376-100TPH

diaphrag A

diaphrag B

diaphrag C

collimator iris

M
D30

camera rotation

TV iris diaphr.

Fan (camera head)

motor controller

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 119 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Motor controller board D5: Control and/or adjustment of the collimator motors are located on this PC board: .
turn slot diaphragm ; open and close right part ; open and close left part ; open and close iris diaphragm as well as: motor of TV iris ; motor of camera rotation The position of the individual motors is sensed by reflection light barriers and transmitted to the motor control. The enable for the LCD display is also located on this PC board. Collimator control

Iris diaphragm (encoders): It is possible to open and close the iris by actuating the "open" and/or "close" buttons, the collimator opening is queried by incremental encoders.
The FL, DR operating modes for overview and zoom are Set automatically. With direct radiography, the iris diaphragm is entirely opened and maximum opening is displayed by the LED in the "open" key (opening > II). The edges of the iris should be visible in the image !

Penumbra diaphragms: By actuating one of the penumbra diaphragm function keys, changeover to manual mode is performed if the" automatic
collimator" option has been installed; the LED in the" automatic collimator" key goes out
Note: Without the "automatic collimator" option, the collimator is always set manually ( manual mode ).

It is possible to open and/or close the respective collimator leaves individually by pressing the different collimator operation keys. The leaf position in the collimator is queried by incremental encoders. Upon "power ON", the collimator halves move to II. format ( 17cm and / or 23cm )

Image rotation: Control is performed via two keys (clockwise -counter-clockwise rotation). With the CCD camera, the camera head is turned with the CCD sensor. If both keys are pressed simultaneously, the basic position is accessed quickly, as in the case of "power ON".
The camera head position (in relation to zero adjustment) is sensed by incremental encoders and indicated in the display.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 120 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE
D30

SI.S2000

switch on II

D6
cassette query INTERFACE

SM 2352376-100TPH

leser light localizer


option

D16 area dose measurement (diamentor / PM)


D20 desk CPU
D11 power supply +/- 15v ; +24v
D110 TV
D11

count pulses, monitoring, test

S-3 BUS, download

voltage monitoring

H O S T
A T

S-3 BUS, download, AGC Start, AGC Stop, Sync

II mini voltage supply

power supply Zoom monitoring

Zoom ON / OFF monitoring

Memoskop

S-3 BUS, download, SP-Start ready

Hard copy

Hard copy triggering

B U S

Generator

radiation ON
Buzzer ON / OFF

Brakes
D15 FL, DR, ATB

Footswitch FL / DR

S - 3 BUS CONTROLLER

Manual switch radiation / ATB

Brake control

V-Sync / H-Sync

D7 DRB

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 121 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

S-3 BUS Controller board D6: The S-3-BUS controller contains micro controller 80535.
Dual-Port-RAM; Flash-EPROM (download) for SW exchange via HOST; 3 x 2O mA interfaces for S3 bus to desk, TV, memory; 3 x 2OmAinterfaces for download to desk, TV, memory; 2 x 20 mA interfaces for "Start" and "Acquisition" storage signals; Interfaces for" AGC Start", " AGC ON / OFF" and "synch" TV signals; Switch for service mode

Cassette switch / Laser light localizer: The cassette switch and the laser ON / Off button are queried and the result transmitted to the host; Manual switch / footswitch: The "footswitch FL ON / OFF", "footswitch DR ON / OFF", "manual switch ON / OFF" and" ATB ON / OFF"
signals are queried by a relay interface of the "brake control" board and transmitted to the host;

Storage control signals: The "Start" and" Acquisition" signals of the memory are read in by the active receiver of a 20 mA current loop and
transmitted to the host via interrupt cable.

Zoom: The "Zoom" signal sent by the S-3 bus " host is transmitted via power supply board D11 to the I.1. mini voltage supply The "monitoring" signal
of the Il voltage supply is queried by the host processor.

Area dose measurement: The counting pulses offered are sensed with the "area dose product" option ( Diamentor ) and transmitted to the host for
the display; in addition, the Diamentor generates a monitoring signal and send, it to the host processor A test signal may be sent to the Diamentor, if required

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 122 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Control console: The control console keys are queried by a special control console controller". Data exchange from the control consol computer is
performed via a serial interface. The coming from relay KI in the generator actuates the radiation display on the control console by hardware.

Control console D20: The control console controller contains:


Processor 80535 for keyboard query and LED cont Download circuit with Flash-EPROM Voltage controller + 12V Monitoring circuit for the radiation display controlled by the generator The "Hsynch", "Vsynch". "R" signals and the voltages +5V ; + 15V are transmitted to the display interface via the PC output via a separate connector. This is connected to the keyboard via two 16-pin ribbon connectors.

Display: The control console display has full graphics capability and is provided with a matrix of 640 x 200 pixels.
This display has two functions: 1. display 2. function allocation of the program keys. The display is controlled by the graphics card in the host. For matrix adaptation, an interface is inserted between graphics card and displayed.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 123 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

S3 5

D15 Brake Control


BM1

Orbital brake motor

SM 2352376-100TPH

S3 6

D12
BM2

Horizontal brake motor

+24v

BM4
K1

Horizontal brake motor

D200 GENERATOR

K2 K3

Vertical brake
bm5 Buzzer: 4.5 min FL exposure end

0v (24v)

Horizontal brake
bm3

K1 K1

manual switch radiation


ATB

D6
K2

K2 K3 K3 K4 K4 0v DR FL

S - 3 BUS CONTROLLER

foot switch

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 124 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Brakes Control: In order to set up 1he C-arm, the brakes of the individual movement directions must be released. It is possible to control several
brake functions simultaneously via the S35 and S36 keys. S36 controls the brakes for: vertical lift ; horizontal lift ; swivel S35 controls the brakes for: C-arm orbital movement ; angulations The LEDs installed in the buttons display whether the respective brakes have been released. Brake motors or brake magnets are used: Movement vertical Brake magnets BM5 ; horizontal Brake motors orbital swivel BM 1 BM4 Angulations BMl BM3
Brake blocked Brake released Limit switch

The brake motors turn Cam disks, the developments of which correspond to a ramp. These cam disks release and / or apply the brakes.

Braking with power OFF: In order to prevent damages to the brake motor gears, the motors are fixed mechanically in a floating way.
When switching off the Siremobil, all unit movements must be braked. The discharge of capacitors which have been charged during operation is used in order to operate the brake motors until the brakes are locked. In addition, the controls of FL and DR triggering by foot-switch and radiation triggering and ATB ( graphic switch ) by manual switch are located on brake control D15. In addition, thee buzzer for 4.5 min Fl time, initialisation after power ON and radiation end are installed there.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 125 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

T0
U POWER SUPPLY

D200
NETWORK FILTER NVZW PUZW

Z1

D204
20KHZ 20KHZ SINGLE TANK

HOST

communication

20 MA

CPU 80168

curves MEMOIRY tube PARAMETER EPROM PROM RAM A D

20KHZ KV_IST ZW CONTROLLER KV CONTROLLER

SIGNAL

20 MA

D A

D202 D203
4315HZ / 20KHZ

TV CENTRAL PC USED RS232

I / O PORT

DIWAN

D201

GENERATOR OVERVIEW

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics


126 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

High voltage control: The high-voltage is controlled by a PIDT controller ( proportional integrator deviator ) 1. The output signal of the controller is
compared with a 20 KHz saw-tooth signal which generates a pulse interval modulated switching signal for intermediate circuit control. A voltage, which is related to the respective KV value, is thus generated at the intermediate circuit output. The intermediate circuit voltage is converted in the succeeding inverter.

Filament controller: The filament current is also transmitted to the filament via an inverter. An ASIC circuit on the computer PC board generates
the inverter drive signals, the frequency of which is in the range from 20 KHz to 43 KHz, depending on the filament current.

Generator computer: The kV and mA are determined by the generator computer , corresponding to the bright actual values sent by the TV system
and / or the values selected via the desk.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 127 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

High voltage generator: The high-frequency of Siremobil 2000 is generated by a high-frequency generator which is operated at a frequency of
20 KHz.

Generator power supply: The AC voltage (230 V) coming from the isostat is transmitted to the generator power pack via a mains filter.
PC board D204 accommodates a -soft start-up-. This means that the switching current is limited for 55msec by a resistor after power ON. In addition, the AC voltage is inverted and smoothed on this PC board. ( capacitor pack of 8 x 470 - at 1,3 kW )
Note: After power OFF, the capacitors ( C8 to C17 are discharged via the discharge resistors only after 3 min. LED V5 displays whether this voltage is >50 V.

Intermediate circuit: The intermediate circuit of Siremobil 2000 is a control circuit which transmits the operating voltage to the inverter,
corresponding to the selected kV The Intermediate circuit voltage is operated by a MOSFET half-bridge module. The MOSFET power transistors are controlled by pulse-interval modulated switching signals which are inverted in each case. The intermediate circuit controller on PC board D202 generates these signals. Depending on the specific pulse-interval ratio of the switching signals, a voltage arises at the intermediate circuit output. Monitoring transmits an error signal to the evaluation logics located on PC board D202, if the drain-source voltage exceeds a preset value.

Main inverter: The main inverter converts the voltage transmitted by the intermediate circuit into an AC voltage. This is performed by means of a full bridge circuit operated at a frequency of 20 KHz . ( fixe frequency )

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 128 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

power

D204
D200 intermediat circuit
during initiali.

intermediat supply 600 v C8 C17 C8 C4 UZ

U ctrl
20 KHz for intermediate tension

ZW ctrl

WR ctrl
monocuve Sirephos
KV ist

intermediate circuit and inverter control

ZW vers 1

pulse generator quartz


20 KHz 20 KHz

ZW vers 2 WR pulse 1 WR pulse 2

20 KHz

onduleur WR ctrl

X-Ray-ON,S1
VZW-OK X-Ray-ON,S1 I-Max-ZW-R FR-ZW-KR KV-Max P-Max +15v / - 15v

ZW CTRL
ZW ctrl out regulation KV-UZ

ZW ctrl 1 ZW ctrl 2

WR monitoring

ZW enable

ZW monitoring
UZ ist ( mesure)

CONTROLLER
KV ist (mesure)
UZ ref KV ref KV ist

RES-Latch (clock in phase) 15v-OK FR-ZW-KR I-Max-ZW-R

DAC

ADC

UZ ist

D201

I/O serial

I/O parallel

TV Host V-Sync Aquisition

out in

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

129 of 247

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

KV Controller: The kV controller is subdivided into the following function groups:


pulse generation intermediate circuit controller intermediate circuit control intermediate circuit monitoring inverter control and monitoring

Pulse generator: A symmetrical square wave with 20 kHz (WR-PULS-1, and the WR PULS 2 clock inverted for this purpose) is generated from a
quartz-stabilized 1 MHz clock for inverter control. The control signals of the intermediate circuit (ZW-ANST1 and ZW-ANST2) are synchronized at this frequency. 2 synchronous docks (20 kHz) ZW-VERS1, ZW-VERS2 are generated for power supply for the intermediate circuit driver stages, which are held at 0 by the stored RES.LATCH reset signal until the system clock is phased in. The RESET signal from the computer PC board resets the counters and flipflops. Storing is performed (RES-LATCH) until the system docks are synchronized.

Intermediate circuit controller: The intermediate circuit controller is a PIDT 1 controller with limitation monitoring and reset table -component.
Limitation monitoring ensures that with controller over modulation (ZW REG-OUT > 10V), a signal is coupled back to the I-component, which opposes the over modulation and thus increases the dynamics, in this working range. In addition, the controller input signal is filtered by a 2nd order low-pass filter (cut-off frequency 18kHz) and a band-rejection filter (centre frequency 20kHz, corresponding to the inverter clock frequency). This is necessary for filtering out the oscillation current reactions of the main inverter on the actual value of the controlled intermediate circuit voltage. The controller is also enabled when the control pulses for the intermediate circuit are enabled.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 130 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Intermediate circuit control UZ: A synchronized saw-tooth generator which is compared with the output signal of the controller serves for pulse
width modulation of the intermediate circuit control signals. The positive edges of the control signals are delayed via an RC circuit as with the inverter Over-current blanking is performed in the same manner as with the inverter.

Intermediate circuit monitoring: For releasing the intermediate circuit control (ZW .ANST1 = upper jumper half, ZW.ANST2 = lower jumper
half), the following conditions are linked together: RES-LATCH = clock signals synchronized FR.ZW.KR = intermediate circuit release by computer I.MAX.ZW.R = no short-circuit blanking in intermediate circuit 15V.OK = supply voltage ok .

Inverter control ( KV ): The positive edges of the WR-PULS-1 and WR-PULS-2 (20KHz) control signals generated by the pulse generator are delayed via an RCD network by 500ns .1 s, so that the two inverter bridge halves cannot be actuated at the same time. Intermediate monitoring ( KV monitors) : The respective conditions for radiation release are linked to actuation of the inverter;
radiation request by host (XRA Y .ON), supply voltage ok (VZW.OK), no sum error (P.MAX-R v KV.MAX v 15V.OK), no short-circuit blanking in intermediate circuit ( I MAX ZW R), no short-circuit blanking in inverter ("I.MAX.WR"): .. release switch actuated (XRA Y .ON S 1), clock signals synchronized (RES.lA TCH). With detection of the over-current, (I-MAX-WR) a digital mono flop is triggered (J28, J29) for inverter short-circuit blanking which blocks the inverter for 256 x 50 s nearly 13msec.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 131 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Filament controller: Filament control is via an ASIC circuit (DIWAN) installed on the computer PC board and via a filament inverter.
The ASIC circuit generates the Drive 0 and Drive 1 drive signals which have a frequency between 20KHz and 43KHz, depending on the filament current. The corresponding filament current results via the inverter. IHmax monitoring located on PC board D203 blanks out the inverter if the constant reference value is exceeded.

Tube filament: With Siremobil 2000, it is possible to select different mA curves:


For FL: Low Dose Antiisowatt Antiisowatt Plateau Plateau For DR: IRO-min.at 40KV 0,2mA 3mA 0,2mA 5mA 0,2mA 300W 0,2mA from70KV 550W 0,2mA from70KV up to k = 16 IRO-max.at 11 OKV O,3mA-3mA 3mA 5mA 300W const. 2,9mA 550W const. 2,8mA 850W curve 70KV 7,9mA 110KV 5mA with K = 32 550W curve 70KV 4,2mA 110KV 2,9mA With pulsed DR, different filament curves 850W / 550W are used. 40KV 0,2mA 40KV 0,2mA

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 132 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

IH eff

Push function ( 270ms ): In order to shorten the filament control time constant,
the filament current is -pushed- with DR and exposure. The filament current is increased during the push time (270ms) 50 that the filament nominal value is reached faster. After the push time has ended, the -radiation ON- signal is blocked for 100ms (waiting period) in order to enable the filament current to adjust to the reference value.
Pre-heating Push Waiting periode Exposure (radiation)

corrected ma value

Learning: Since the different generator components are subject to individual tolerances, the filament currents must be adapted in each case. With Siremobil 2000, this adaptation is made via the -learning function-.
In order to adopt all the filament values, a correction factor valid for all filament values has to be computed. During -learning-, the filament current is changed at 80 KV in such a way that a tube current corresponding to the reference value results. The filament nominal values are later multiplied by the resulting correction factor. IH corr = IH ref x corr. factor The push factor is also computed during the -learning phase-. This factor determines the filament current during the push time in order to reach the filament temperature desired faster .

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 133 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE
power

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

D204
SIREPH + PWR

intermediat supply 600 v C8 C17


U3

C37

D203

U2

R54 R56

- PWR

C38

filament inverter and control


V26 heating measurement

V27 Uds Uds

blanking
200 ms

actual / ist value acquisition


MP-X6 1v=1A he

Monitoring

drive 1

drive 2

DIWAN

SC-Allert

IH-Max

IH ist

I/O serial

I/O parallel

D201 computer

TV Host V-Sync Aquisition

out in

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 134 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Filament inverter: Subassembly D203 includes the filament inverter with filament actual value acquisition and filament current monitoring. The
filament inverter comprises two main parts, the control electronics and the power pack. The power pack is constructed as half bridge oscillatory circuit inverter .

Control: The -DIWAN- (digital inverter control) ASIC circuit located on the generator computer PC board generates the drive signals for the DRIVE 1 and DRIVE2 inverter. These signals have a pulse width of 8\Js in which case the frequency may be between 20KHz and 43 KHz, depending on the filament nominal value. Power supply of the control electronics takes place via transmitter U 1. A symmetrical square wave (f = 50 kHz) is generated, transformed for both half bridge branches and rectified. MOS-FET actuation is displayed by the LEDs V26 and V27. Power pack: The inverter oscillatory circuit is formed by the series inductance, the filament transformer leakage inductance and the oscillatory circuit capacitor ( C37 and C38) . Power switch monitoring: The MOSFET drain currents are monitored by active over-current acquisition. For this purpose, the UDS voltages are sensed and compared with preset values. If these values are exceeded, an error signal is sent to the evaluation logic. At the same time, the drive pulses of the power switches are blocked for 200ms via a timer. No filament current flows. If the blanking time has ended, the inverter is released again. Actual value acquisition: The oscillatory current and therefore the filament current are measured by a current transformer (U2). The transformed
filament current is available as voltage value at resistor R5611 R54. This voltage is amplified, so that the following is valid at RMS rectifier output MP-X6 : 1 Volt = 1 ampere rms filament circuit. This DC voltage proportional to the filament current (IH actual) serves both for filament current control and for filament current monitoring. For monitoring, an RC circuit extends the measuring time constant to a value corresponding to the filament time constant (approximately 220ms). This extension prevents over-current acquisition responding during tube filament pushing.

IH max monitoring: The filament current actual value is compared with a preset threshold value (approximately 4A). If the filament current
exceeds this maximum value, a timer is triggered in the monitoring circuit. As a result, the power pack is blanked out for 200ms. In addition, an error message {IH. maximum) is transmitted to the generator computer .

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 135 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Computer: The computer works with a CPU 80186 and at a clock frequency of 12 MHz. The entire periphery and storage addressing is realized by
means of the CPU Chip Select Logic. The essential computer functional units are: -CPU with bus and address drivers as well as address decoding ; RAM and EEPROM area ; EPROM and FEPROM area ; parallel interface ; serial interface ; AD converter and DA converter ; control of filament circuit inverter

Control of filament circuit inverter: For direct control of the filament circuit inverter, the ASIC VN031 (- DIWAN-) is located on the computer. (Diwan = digital inverter control). The entire inverter control and short-circuit monitoring with blanking is performed via this module . Computer subassembly D201 is provided with three serial interfaces for communication with the host, the TV system and for service purposes. The service, TV and host interfaces are separated galvanically via opto-couplers In each case. The host interface is a 20mA current loop and the service interlace works as data output unit in V24 format. The interfaces are initialised with the following parameters:
Host interface TV interface is:
9600 BAUDS 19200 BAUDS 1 STOP BIT 1 STOP BIT EVEN PARITY EVEN PARITY

Computer tests during system start: During the system start (computer D201), you are not yet able to send error numbers to the host computer. During this phase, the processor activities are displayed on the 7 segment display D201. Meaning of the identification digits on the 7 segment display:
0 CPU test ; 1 RAM test ; 2 EPROM test ; 3 FEPROM test ; 4 EEPROM test and initialisation (is maintained for approximately 4 sec during initialisation of the EEPROM, flashes in the case of error) ; 5 HW test ; 6 log-in at the host computer Displays during operation ; 7 radiation ON ; 8 radiation OFF: Standby: an LED segment rotates in clockwise direction Radiation: an LED segment moves continuously from the top to the bottom and vice-versa. the LED decimal point lights up.

Error: If an error is detected during computer test (identification digits 0 to 4). the identification digit of the test performed last remains in the LED display.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 136 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

2.8 KV

E1 K

E2

E3

6.5 KV max
D121 controller disk

30 KV

H21 hight voltage generator getter

D120 Control and monitoring attachement

V18 green=OK

+ 28v

D11
K1
V11,V14 green =OK

- 5v

Zoom

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

137 of 247

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

X ray image intensifier II: II of 17 DC and II of 23 DC ( metal ceramic II ).


Diameter of I.I. input image 17cm / 23cm Diameter of I.I. output image 13 mm E3 maximum 6,5 KV High-voltage- 30 KV I.I. gettering takes place via a Penning getter- { permanent gettering with 2,8 KV) In order to reduce the influence of external magnetic fields, the I.I. is provided with a Mu metal shielding. .

Mini voltage supply: Mini voltage supply generates the voltages for the E1, E2 and E3 electrodes, the anode and the Penning getter.
Electrode E3 and the anode are monitored by a comparator stage. If the green LED V181ights up, there is no error. In addition, the operating voltages + 28 V and + 24 V are monitored by LED V11 and V14 1ocated on power supply PC board D11. The getter current display (glow lamp L1) on high-voltage transformer H21 flashes as soon as the getter current flows. The flashing frequency increases with rising getter current. The ZOOM function is triggered via relay K 1 located on power supply FC board D11. As a result, relays K1 and K2 on the controller PC board are changed over and select other potentiometers .

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 138 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

BA-KK

MUX

CLAMP

AGC final Control element

Actual Value decoupling


VIDEO AMPLIFIER

IWB

Measur. digital
Ss Bew
CLAMP
AMPL

Multipl

Sw Bew

D / A

Measur. F analogic

Mw Bew

MUX

CPU
Actual Value Acquisition

Central Control Un

serial IN / OUT
Camera Head

TV iris

HOST

BV / II
ma control

Computer
KV control
GENERATOR

SIREPHOS

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 139 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Structure of the TV system: The TV unit is composed of camera head and central control unit: Camera head: The camera head includes two PC boards and the CCD sensor.
Signal processing and sensor control are located on these PC boards Synchronous and blanking signals for the other TV components are generated here as well. Different camera heads are necessary for SO Hz and/or 60Hz.

Central control unit: The central control unit is composed of:


Video amplifier PC board: Video amplifier and circuit parts of the automatic gain. control (AGC) for BAS signal control. In addition, gamma correction, bandwidth limitation, admixture of blanking and synchronous signals and diverse tests and/or monitoring steps are located here. Actual value PC board : This contains actual value acquisition for individual control systems, the interface to the host computer and the AGC controller. Control CPU PC board: This controls all processes within the camera and generates the necessary control pulses. A circular blanking signal is digitally generated with a special ASIC component. Different measuring fields can be generated from a matrix of 32*32. With Siremobil 2000, the measuring fields are circularly symmetrical (camera rotation).

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 140 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

TV System: The Siremobil2000 TV system includes the following two areas:


Camera head and central control unit

Camera head: A CCD sensor is installed in the camera head to record the I.1. output image. In addition, two PC boards are located h.ere, provided
with the sensor-specific components. It is possible to rotate the entire camera head motor-driven. Motor control is performed via the host motor controller. In this way, image rotation is possible from - 225 to + 225. After switching on the Siremobil, the camera head is moved into the zero position. The camera head position is indicated on the Siremobil display.

Function:
* Pulse generation for sensor control * Generating: the blanking signal ; synchronous signal ; image signal * Multiplexing the sensor signals * Dark current compensation * Clamping the analogous signal to 1,2 - 1,8 V DC * Filtering the interference signals in the B signal * Amplification stage ( maximum signal = 2Vpp) * Voltage monitoring ( via sum voltage ) * Generating the sensor supply voltages * Driver for .light on. signal * Sensing the sensor temperature

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 141 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CCD control
level shifter

serial driver

pulse pattern generator

ntc
S&H channel 1

ip Video Data

clock
S&H channel 2

S&H channel 3

D113 sensor control

ampli & clamping channel 1

mux

D114

ampli & clamping channel 2

ampli & clamping channel 3


blanking level control
Camera head

TP filter

output ampli. 75 Ohm

BA sign

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

142 of 247

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Camera head: CCD sensor and PC boards D113 and D114 are located in the camera head. The sensor control electronics are located on PC board
D 113. PC board D114 contains video evaluation.

Optics: The I.1. output image is projected onto the sensor image area via a lens with 1 : 0..95 light intensity and F = 19mm focal length. The usable
circular image is imaged on an area of 4.60mm diameter on the sensor.
699 33 (dark)

CCD Sensor: The CCD sensor works according to the frame transfer principle.
The image is integrated into the image region. transmitted to the storage area and read out with three readout registers. Different sensors are used for 5O Hz and / or 60 Hz . The 5O Hz sensor serves as an example: ( indication of pixels per region)
288 Image region

Cooling: Since image- quality decreases severely with rising temperatures (grainy
structure), the sensor is cooled down to 32.C by means of a Peltier element. The actual temperature value is queried via an NTC resistor.

2 (dark) Storage area

Test: An image signal is generated via an LED installed in front of the sensor In order to
test the camera head. This test is performed every 5 minute during the fluoroscopic intervals. The test is interrupted if Fl is switched on. CCD sensor, Pettier element, NTC and test LED are ins1alled on a wobble plate.
11 (dark) 233

V-out 3 V-out 2 V-out 1 11 (dummy) readout register

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 143 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

TV Iris

Optical

C C D

D113 Sensor control


D114

Camera head

B-signal processing
B signal

blanking and synchroous signals

Central control in unit

D110 Video amplifier

Blanking circle

D112 Control
D111 Actual value measuring field D/A

BAS signal to memories

interface ( IW host )

interface ( ST host )

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics


144 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CCD Consol ( D113): The control signals for the sensor are generated by a pulse pattern generator (PPG). The dock frequency of the pulse
generator is transmitted by a quartz oscillator . clock frequency at 50 Hz = 13,375 MHz clock frequency at 60Hz = 14,3325 MHz The CCD control signals for horizontal or vertical shift are transmitted to the sensor via a serial and a parallel driver. The levels of the pulses coming from the PPG are adapted here to the sensor . The pulse generator also generates the blanking and synchronous signals for the other components of the TV chain. A KT pulse is generated for dark current compensation on PC board D 114.

S & H : The 3 image signals coming from the sensor are transmitted via an S & H stage and amplified. In addition, possible interference peaks are flattened.
For video processing, the three video channels lead to PC board D114.

Signal processing ( D114) : These three video signals are transmitted to a fast FET multiplexer via damping or amplification stages located on PC board D114. This multiplexer forms the BA signal from the three video signals and a blanking -value. The camera head transmits the BA signal to the central control unit via a filter that filters out the interference signals and an amplification stage (maximum 2Vpp 75 Ohm).

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 145 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Central control unit: The central control unit consists of 3 PC boards:


1) video amplifier 2) actual value acquisition 3) control PC board The sensor-independent functions are realized here.

Fonctions: Video amplifier


2 channel multiplexer for image / test signals 4 channel multiplexer for test signal selection generating the analogue H saw tooth level adaptation of digital test signal final control element for AGC automatic bandwidth limitation adjustable gamma characteristic which can be switched off + standardization circular blanking with interruptable lift sync. admixture BAS output stage for 75 Ohms 3 channel multiplexer + S + H for monitoring B-signal decoupling for actual value acquisition

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 146 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Multiplexer: During operation. the B-signal coming from the camera head is switched to the video amplifier via a multiplexer in the video amplifier input stage. For test purposes it is possible to change over to
Digital test images ; Analogue test image (grey wedge) ; Digital measuring field ; Analogue measuring field Switching signal for this is the test. Signal.

Clamping: During KT pulse. a d.c. voltage potential is added to the B-signal via the keyed clamping circuit.
AGC: If dose rate control and TV iris diaphragm control cannot stabilize any longer (maximum reached). automatic gain control is enabled. The AGC final control element of the video amplifier is controlled with a control voltage generated on the actual value acquisition PC board.

B signal cut off: In addition. B-signal cut-off is performed via this final control element. The gain is switched to gain min as soon as the operation signal
becomes inactive.

Actual value decoupling: For actual value acquisition, a low-impedance B-signal with band-with > 1 MHz is decoupled behind the AGC final control element. Band-width limitation: If the video signal can no longer be stabilized, the video amplifier bandwidth is limited in order to reduce the high-frequency noise
fraction., depending on the AGC control voltage.

Gamma correction: In order to modify the gamma curve, a non-linearity is realized with the following amplifier stage resulting in increased image information. Linear gain: By means bf a relay located at the gamma correction output. it is possible to switch over to the output of a linear amplifier connected in parallel to the
gamma correction.

Blanking stage: The B-signal is circularly blanked on the following stage. The pedestal in the BAS signal is 5O mV. Sync. Admixture: In order to synchronize the following sub-assemblies. such as storage, monitor and MKF, a V + H synchronous signal is added to the image
blanking signal.

Out put stage: The video amplifier has two equivalent >> BAS standard outputs. each provided with: 650 mV for B-signal ; 5O mV for pedestal ; 300 mV for
synchronous level (across 75 Ohm output resistance).

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 147 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH
B - S ig n a l K K

te s t P .D

d ig it a l te s t p a t t e r n

B s ig n a l te s t p a tte rn

Test

H . P u ls e

s a w to o th te s t

c la m p in g
m ux te s t s ig n a l

K T - P u ls e

m e a s u re F .A

d ig it a l m e a s u r e f ie ld

f in a l c o n t r o l A G C e le m e n t

O p e r a t io n A G C C o n tro l s ig n a l a c t u a l v a lu e B - S ig n a l

m e a s u re F .A

a n a lo g ic m e a s u r e f ie ld

is t v a lu e d e c o u p lin g

b a n d w id th lim it a t io n

s w it c h in g s ig n a l b a n d w it h lim it

s a w to o th te s t H te s t: 1 2 3 4
te s t m ux
lin e r a m p lif ic a t io n

c la m p in g a d a p t a t io n

K T p u ls e

gam m a c o r r e c t io n

g a m m a c o r r e c tio n lin e a r
c la m p in g

K T p u ls e

M W P u ls e

S & H s ta g e

b la n k in g s t a g e

b la n k in g s ig n a l

+ /- 1 2 v a + /- 1 2 v d + 5v 1 0 v re f C U B

s y n c h ro a d m ix tu r e

s y n c h r o s ig n a l

te s t m ux

o u tp u t s ta g e

B A S s ig n a l

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 148 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

TV Test run: During the fluoroscopic intervals, a TV test cycle is performed every 5 minutes. For this purpose, a B-signal is generated via an LED
located in front of the CCD sensor This makes it possible to check camera head and camera connection cable A horizontal-frequency saw-tooth signal is generated on the video amplifier PC board for testing the video channel Test saw-tooth amplitude I : 2Vpp + / - 30mV This signal is fed into the video amplifier instead of the B-signal. In addition, digital test signals (test signal selection with software or service switch located on the control PC board) can also be fed into the system, The test saw-tooth can be checked at different locations in the video channel. The value of the saw-tooth signal is measured at four different points (defined with MVV , MIW with respect to time ) The measured value are held in an S & H stage via a multiplexer selecting the test points in order to check the measured values with regard to the corresponding amplitude *B-signal. At the VV input ( 2Vpp / 0.5V DC ) : The B-signal is measured at the input > cable rupture to camera head *Signal following the multip!exer B-test-signal Measuring the test signal following the multiplexer, For gain computation, the amplitude can be exactly measured *BAS output : Measuring BAS output ( gain computation is possible ) clamping can be checked ; gamma can be checked ; gain can be checked In the same way, the actual value amplitude is measured in the actual value acquisition a) at the input b) after sensing and evaluation and c) the AGC controlled variable is acquired
In addition, the different supply voltages for camera head ( check-sum voltage ) and central control unit are checked

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 149 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

For dose regulation

Central control unit Function:


Actual value acquisition : Gain and clamping of B-signal actual value Measuring field keying Measuring field adaptation {via multiplier) Evaluation ( MW. SW, SS, SS + SW ) Evaluation selection S + H-stage for defining the actual value AD-converter + adaptation CPU control Serial interface ( actual value acquisition -host ) AGC controller Monitoring I test

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 150 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

SM 2352376-100TPH

V = S

Ist value B signal

Clamping
KT Pulse

KT Pulse

Switch

Measure F.D

D / A

Clamping adaptation

Multiplier
V2 - Pulse

Measure F.A

Mean Value

Peak value white

Peak value black

Mixture SS and SW

BAO / BA1

Mux
A
C
B

C
Stage S & H

p
Mux

Adaptation ADC

Controller AGC
Serial interface

D / A S & H

MW.Pulse

Stage S & H

Clock

CPU

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 151 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Actual value acquisition: For dose control, TV iris diaphragm control and AGC, an actual value is derived from the image signal. For this purpose, a B-signal with a bandwidth of 1 MHz (IWB) is decoupled from the video channel. Clamping: Since an unknown d.c. is superimposed onto this signal, a clamping Stage which clamps the image signal during blanking to 0 Volt becomes necessary . Measuring field: The individual digital values of the control PC board measuring fields are transmitted via a DAC to a multiplexer which evaluates
the B-signal. This concept makes it possible to evaluate the image at any desired place. The B-signal is evaluated outside the measuring field at 0, the field thus results automatically. In the same way, actual value adaptation corresponding to the measuring field size is possible within certain limits if evaluation is not 0.

Evaluation: In order to define a certain actual value, the signal generated must be evaluated at a defined point. Four different evaluations are possible
with Siremobil 2000: Black value evaluation ( related to blanking value ) ; Peak value white ( related to maximum white ) ; Mean evaluation ( related to middle grey) ; Black peak value ( white corresponding to signal level ) Normally, mean evaluation is programmed. The evaluation type is selected via multiplexer .

Actual value correction: With mean evaluation, correction is made according to the measuring field size. The smallest measuring field is evaluated
the highest. If the measuring size is e.g. doubled, evaluation is halved and the image signal amplitude doubles. The image brightness thus remains constant. With black peak value evaluation, this concep1 cannot apply in an expedient way. Therefore, only one measuring field is generated, which is evaluated with 1 or 0. Any desired measuring fields can be generated. With white peak evaluation, maximum evalua1ion results in all cases.

Multiplexer: Via the multiplexer (MUX B-value), the control CPU PC board selects by means of the BA0 and BA1 control signals the necessary
actual value (peak value white, peak value black, mean value) or the mixed value. which is stored in the sample & hold circuit at the end of every field (V1 pulse) and transmitted to the control via the serial interface. The momentary actual value for dose iris control and the AGC states are transmitted 8 bits deep: AGC mode ; AGC end ; AGC adjustment ; AGC stop

Interface : Transmission takes place via a galvanically isolated 20ma current loop interface.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 152 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

TV Control ( D 112 ): Communication between host computer and TV system takes place via a micro controller located on the control PC board.
The control commands are transmitted from there to the corresponding TV system stages. The TV system software (download logic) and the boot program are also stored there. It is possible to select different control signals for service by actuating different DIL switches.

Test patterns and measuring fields ( service switches ): By actuating switches S0 S3, different measuring fields or test patterns can be
programmed for service purposes.
S0 0 0 1 0 1 S1 0 0 1 1 0 S2 0 1 0 0 0 S3 1 0 0 0 0 analogical measuring field digital measuring field 250 KHz test pattern grid test pattern grey wedge (saw-tooth)

note: In order to make the measuring fields or test patterns visible on the monitor, the memory must be changed over to FL mode (test button on the memory) and the video amplifier must be released by actuating S4.

Function video amplifier: By actuating the following four service switches S4 - S7, different TV functions can be selected.
S4 = video amplifier ON ; S5 = band-width limitation ON ; S6 = gamma correction OFF ; S7 = circle or rectangle Test switch selection is displayed via the 8 -V1- LEDs. Normal position of all switches is -OFF- (all LEDs are dark!)

Led display: A second LED chain indicates the defective PC board.( Without error, all LEDs are dark )

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 153 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Post blanking circle generation: The VID-D post blanking circle is digitally generated in IC circ circle data for the first circle half are stored in an
EPROM are r via an address by means of horizontal or vertical co .The circle half is generated by reflecting the first circle in the centre. The following signals are supplied to the ASIC: * Pixel clock" from a start-stop oscillator (approximately 28 Mhz ). This clock is selected for 50 / 60 Hz equally and the corresponding corrections are made via the Proms. * 5ync-signal positive + 5V ( pulse pattern generator camera head ). * A-signal positive + 5V ( pulse pattern generator camera head ). The following signals are generated:
Ccircular blanking signal Measuring field signal V-frequency pulses H-frequency pulses VIH pulses

Measuring field generation: The measuring field is generated on the control PC board by means of " circle" gate array. A matrix of 32 x 32 fields
is generated, the single fields of which can be assigned to an arbitrary value between 1 and 0 in each case (with 7 bits resolution). These matrices are stored in a Prom ( 8 matrices are provide) . The fixed linkage between measuring field and evaluation selection must be observed ( MW, SS , SW, SS and SW ). Only fixed combinations may be output, because otherwise illogical actual values are determined.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 154 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

B-Signal

Video Aplifier

Actual Value Acquisition

TV Central Control Unit Automatic Gain Control

C Actual or Ist v

Iris Diaphragm

Iris Diaphragm Control

Generator

Dose Control A Reference value

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 155 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Control: The video signal is stabilized by three controls:


DOSE RATE CONTROL IRIS CONTROL AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL (AGC).

During video signal stabilization, dose rate control becomes active and controls the dose rate (radiation intensity) and therefore the video signal amplitude via the generator. If the dose rate control limit has been reached and if the actual value does not correspond to the reference value. dose rate control signalises to the iris control that it has to become active as well. Iris control changes the light intensity for the TV system via the iris diaphragm. as a result the video signal amplitude changes. If iris control is also exhausted without the video signal being stabilized, automatic gain control is activated. In order to ensure the function of the total control system. all tree controls need the same actual and reference value.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 156 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

AGC Final control Element

Actual Value Decoupling


VIDEO AMPLIFIER

U-Control

IWB

Actual Value Acquisition

Actual Value
Controller Adaptation

Controller

Control Voltage Memory

Control / Hand

D/A

ACTUAL VALUE ACQUISITION

Ref Value

AGC stop AGC ANF

Hand

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 157 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Automatic gain control AGC - anf: The control CPU PC board supplies the reference value in digital form. It is D/A converted and adapted to
the controller . The AGC-ANF signal signals the controller that both dose rate control and iris control are exhausted without the video signal being stabilized. The AGC controller must thus be activated. The controller compares the adapted actual value with the reference value and increases the control voltage (UST) until it has increased the gain on the video amplifier PC board up to a level where the actual value corresponds to the reference value.

AGC stop: The AGC STOP signal puts the controller out of operation; at the same time. The existing control voltage value and therefore the gain are
kept constant (stored).

Manual gain: As long as AGC is not active. the video signal on the video amplifier PC board is amplified with a fixed factor. This is determined by a
.manual. voltage. Only if AGC becomes active and the control voltage value exceeds the. manual. voltage value. is the gain factor increased.

AGC mode / AGC adjustment / AGC end: By comparing the two voltages, the user is signalised if AGC is operational (AGC mode). The
actual value is stabilized to the reference value (AGC adjustment) or if AGC is exhausted (AGC end ). These signals are as are the AGC ANF. and AGC STOP signals. galvanically separated from the controller by opto-couplers to prevent coupling interferences via the unit ground.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 158 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Dose rate control ( function B signal ): With Siremobil 2000, the dose is controlled depending on the B-signal, as with the previous Siremobils.
The actual value of the dose control is prepared in the TV system. For this purpose, an actual value B-signal with an amplitude of 1Vpp and a bandwidth of 1 MHz is decoupled from the video channel. With actual value acquisition, this signal is blanked outside the measuring field, so that only the signal within the measuring field is used for dose control. Subsequently, this signal passes one of the evaluation stages. You can select between
S.S. M.B. S.W S.S. + S.Wpeak value -black. evaluation mean evaluation peak value -white -evaluation evaluation

via a multiplexer. the evaluated signal is taken up by a sample capacitor during the V pulse and then digitised. The resulting bright actual value is transmitted to the host computer and the generator via a serial interface. The necessary tube data of KV or MA are adjusted, so that the selected dose rate appears at the II. input. 3 different dose rate stages can be selected:
0.13 Gy/s 0.22 Gy/s 0.44 Gy/s corresponding to 15 R/s corresponding to 25 R/s corresponding to 50 R/s

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 159 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Analogical front end: The B-signal proportion of the BAS signal is adapted to the ADC in the input stage. The ADC digitises the B-signal and 256
grey steps, corresponding to 8 bits, are possible. The data clock is adapted to the system dock in the subsequent FIFO.

Arithmetic unit: The arithmetic unit consists of an ALU and a working memory. This makes possible different arithmetic operations, such as
Ssummation Sliding weighted mean value formation and Motion detection.

Edge enhancement: With digital spatial frequency filtering, edge enhancement is possible in 3 steps. Display memory: The computed image data can be stored in 3 different memories. Distinction is made between the DL memory, which stores the
current image. and two ATB memories. which take up an image by activating a key ( manual switch ).

LUT: 3 different contrast curves are stored in the subsequent LUTs. As a result. the contrast can be changed by actuating a key. In addition. a linear
characteristic can be selected.

D / A Converter: The digital image data are reconverted into an analogical signal via DACs. After blanking and synchronous signals have been
added. the BAS signal is transmitted to the monitors or the hardcopy.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 160 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

FL / Fluoroscopy: The image signals are written into the image storage during fluoroscopy with GGM {sliding weighted mean value formation), and
the k-factor for averaging is defined by the motion detector" At the same time, the image is shown on the FL monitor.

LIH: At the end of fluoroscopy. the last storage image is held and shown on the FL monitor. The necessary extension of fluoroscopy is controlled by
the generator (unit control).

ATB. ( graphic switch ): After A TB release. the storage image shown at the moment on the Fl monitor is stored in the free ATB image memory.
This ATB image is shown on the storage monitor with the two monitor system. With the single monitor system. this ATB image is not automatically shown. During the FL intervals. it is possible to show the A TB image on the FL monitor by unit operation. On the 3rd A TB release. the first ATB image is over written.

IFL / Intermittent fluoroscopy: After pressing the footswitch, radiation pulses with a duration depending on the selected K factor plus the
transient time ore generated by the generator at regular intervals of time. The image data of such a pulse are stored in the working memory with summation, corresponding to the K-factor, and displayed until the next radiation pulse on the Fl monitor. After releasing the footswitch during an IDL pulse, the pulse already started is ended by the generator only after the full pulse duration (correctly exposed LIH image). This LIH image is subsequently shown on the FL monitor.

DR / Digital radiography: After the controls have been adjusted, -K- frames are stored in the DR function corresponding to the -summationmemory function. Once these procedures have been terminated, the storage transmits a -Ready- signal to the generator via the host computer which switches the radiation OFF.

IDR: With IDR. the DR function is released in a preset cycle.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 161 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

D21
ASP

OFF

ARI

ATB 2

ATB 1

DL

control

LUT (ATB)

LUT (FL)

FIFO

D1

D / A

P1

D / A

D / A

AFE

Power Supply

Memory
Memory monitor Working monitor

TV central control unit

Slirem.HOST Keyboard
Isostat

Hardcopy output

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 162 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

AFE: The BAS signal coming from the TV system reaches the A / D converter via the input stage. The bandwidth of the input signal is limited in a
band filter to 6.7 Mhz, in order to avoid signal falsifications during the analogical / digital transformation.

ADC Analogical Digital converter: In the ADC the analogical BAS input signal is converted into binary scales of gray with 8 bits (in accordance
with 256 possible scales of gray ).

FIFO: In the following FIFO the rate of the input data is adapted to the system clock. ARI / Arithmetic unit: In order to achieve noise , reduction, the image data are reconstructed in the " ARI ' arithmetic unit. Two different technique
are applied: a) summation b) sliding weighted mean value formation

Summation: In order to store an individual image. ( DR model, summation is used. The data of a specific number of fames depending on the
selected K-factor (a maximum of 32 ) are divided by .K. and subsequently summed up. The computation is carried out pixel per pixel. The following values apply:

Mean value formation: The second image reconstruction mode is sliding weighted mean value formation. This computation is executed in the case
of LFI ( last fluoroscopy mage ) and in the case of AT3 (on image keystroke ) and runs during the entire fluoroscopy process with GGM too, the image data are computed pixel per pixel.

The K factor is in the range from 1 to 32 and can either be pre-set or determined by the motion detector ( MD ). This is necessary since the MD reduces the k-factor depending on detected motion. The k-factor is only reduced at the locations in the image where motion was recognized. The subsequent high-pass in the spatial frequency filter, ( SFF ) would amplify nose in these image regions further. For this reason, filtering is disconnected in the case and only switched on again if noise is suppressed sufficiently e.g delayed by some images. The MD can be used only together with GGM

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 163 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Main memory ASP: The ARI requires a main memory for computation. This consists of video RAMs (VRAMs 256k * 4 bit) and can S1ore an
image of 512*512 pixels (16 bits for each pixel). In order to improve the computing accuracy, another four bits of the lower byte (ASP-L byte) are used as "decimal point location" in addition to the upper-byte for the integer proportion of the grey shades (ASP-H byte). These four bits specify the number of sixteenth of the brightness value. The remaining four bits are required for the motion detector integrated into the ARI (CNT value). This value also ensures delayed power-up of the SFF after motion standS1ill. The eight MSB of the ASP contents, the image data, are transmitted to the spatial frequency filter (SFF).

SFF / Spatial frequency filter: The digital high-pass in the spatial frequency filter (SFF) is used for highlighting low-contrast edges in the image.
The grey shade jump at an edge is increased by filtering.

Display memory / FL / ATB: Three display memories, FL memory ("fluoroscopy") and two ATB memories ("image on keystroke-) form the next
stage of the "image processing pipeline-. They have a size of 512x512 byte each and consist, like the A5P, of video RAMs. Their task is storing the noise-reduced and filtered images for display on the monitor and the multi-format camera. Depending on the different video standards, these can be read at the analogical outputs with different field frequencies ( 100Hz ; 120 Hz and 50Hz / 60Hz ). This is necessary for the" different units that can be connected to the analogical outputs (monitor, hardcopy equipment).

LUT / Look-up table: Before reaching the DAC, the image data pass through a look-up table ( LUT ). This transforms the grey shades in
accordance with one of the four characteristics stored (e.g. hard, medium, soft). One of the characteristics is linear i.e. the gray shades are not changed. The characteristics can be selected separately for the FL .monitor and / or memory monitor by actuating the contrast keys.

DA / Digital analogical converter: Both DACs reconvert the image data to an analogical signal, which, provided with synchronization pulses, is
transmitted to the monitors or the hardcopy equipment. level: synchronous amplitude pedestal picture signal 300 mV 5O mV 650 mV

With hardcopy release, BA5 output 1 makes available a 50 / 60 Hz picture signal with level as above. ( CCIR 625 / 525 lines, 3:4 interlaced )

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 164 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Hard disk: With serial memory, the image data can be transferred from the display memories to the hard disk. For this purpose, the image data must
be buffered in a line buffer (lineram) in order to adapt the mode of transmission. The image data are transferred via the internal data bus. Data transfer is bi-directional so that the data can be transferred via the same bus both to the hard disk and from the hard disk back into the display memory. Capacity: 50 images Transfer time: approx. 0,5 images/second Mode of operation: The disk is operated as a ring memory i.e. the 51st image overwrites the 1st figure and the 52nd figure overwrites the 2nd figure etc. The possibility of protecting individual images on the disk against overwriting is not provided.

Mode of operation with ATB: With Memoskop 3. complete ATB images are written alternatively into the two A TB semiconductor memories
after pressing ATB . The A TB release frequency is not restricted. With Memoskop 5O, complete ATB images are taken over into semiconductor memories after A TB release and stored on the hard disk. The release frequency amounts to a maximum of 2 images / second.

Mode of operation with ER: With ER mode. the ER image is automatically transferred to the disk after the radiation pulse if automatic transfer
is selected by Unit operation. Further release of ER is not possible within a period < 1 s and is locked by the unit.

Mode of operation with series mode With SB mode, all SB images are automatically stored on disk. Text module: If the "text" option is available, patient data can also be mixed into the image via the respective DAC. In addition, these patient data can
be separately filed on the hard disk. To display them, the patient data are loaded again into the text module and subsequently added via the DAC.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 165 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

Remote control

Table side control

Room light adaptation

SM 2352376-100TPH

Remote local selection


Video Amplifier

Synchronous disconnection

electr. mask

Bleeder
High voltage generation

Phase comparison

Horizontal oscillator

H deflection stage

H phase controller

Sandcastle pulse generation

100 Hz 120 Hz

Vertical ampli / position

V Synch disconnection

Vertical oscillator

V deflection stage

230 V

Rectifier

Voltage controller

+/- 15 V - 6.3 V + 29 V + 48 V

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 166 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Video amplifier: The following functions are implemented on the video amplifier board (VV1):
1. Amplification of the video signal to the cathode level required for the tube 2. Contrast control 3. Brightness control 4. DC restoration (with/without) 5. Remote control interface selection The input signal is conducted to the amplifier input via socket X143. BNC and relay K401. The second BNC socket X414 serves for looping the signal further. The end of the signal line can be terminated with 7sohms via switch S401 in the last monitor. S401 remains open for all other monitors. The video signal. AC-coupled. reaches a high-impedance FET input stage. The BAS signal for producing synchronization signals is decoupled behind this Stage. The BAS signal is amplified in the video amplifier and transmitted to the tube cathode via an output stage DC and / or AC-coupled (with/without DC restoration). The gain of the video channel can be influenced with the contrast controller and/or via remote control interface and via the sensor built into the monitor. A logical reference voltage is obtained from the controlled video signal. Using this voltage. the voltage G, and the brightness can also be adapted.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 167 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Amplifier filter: The BAS signal coming from the video amplifier is fed to a differential amplifier. This is connected only with the ground of the
video amplifier. Malfunctions and/or ripple voltages arising on the supply cable between video amplifier and deflection plate are thus suppressed. In order to disconnect the synchronous signal from the BAS signal. the BAS signal is amplified. clamped and subsequently compared with a reference voltage {blade lever ) via a comparator. The H-deflection stage and / or the V- deflection are synchronized by this signal.

Synchronisation: The control pulses for the V-deflection and the H-deflection are provided with the horizontal combination. .
IC TDA 2595 contains the following functions: amplitude filter ; H-oscillator ; time constant Switchover ; phase closed-loop control systems 01 and 02 ; blanking and clamping pulse generation MUTE switching + phase modulator and horizontal output stage ; vertical synchronous signal output stage

V pulse disconnection: In order to generate the V-synchronization pulse. the pulse mixture is integrated and fed to a threshold switch. The resulting
V-Synchro pulse is transmitted for triggering the V-component.

Generation of the H-control pulses: In the 1st phase comparison stage, the H-oscillator and the disconnected H- synchronization pulses are
compared wi1h one another and synchronized according to frequency and phase. If the oscillator and the pulses are synchronous. this is detected by the coincidence detector and the 1st PLL is switched over to long time constant to reduce the influence of short-term faults. The short time constant is necessary to ensure fast capture of the oscillator. The no-load frequency of the H-oscillator should correspond is far as possible to the synchronous frequency so that the H-oscillator can be synchronised as fast as possible. The oscillator can be synchronized with the trigger frequency by short-circuiting the X252 pin S1rip { for adjustment ). The 2nd phase control stage compares the output pulses of the H-output stage with the oscillator and generates a control voltage. This control voltage Controls a phase shifter which determines the phase position of the H-drive pulse.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 168 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Horizontal output stage: The switching transistor of the horizontal output stage is actuated via the TDA8143 driver. The H-output stage generates
the H-frequency saw-tooth deflection current high voltage supply of the picture tube the voltage for Static focusing und the parabolic signal for dynamic focusing The high voltage is generated in the T301 diode split transformer by transforming the line fly back pulses. For monitoring the high voltage, the high voltage actual value is reduced by a voltage divider (bleeder) and compared with a reference voltage. If the high voltage exceeds a specific value, H-control and therefore the H-final stage are blocked. For restart, the unit must be switched off and on.

Dynamic focusing: After repeated integration, a H-frequent parabolic voltage is generated from the line fly back pulses. The output voltage is
amplified and decoupled in the output Stage.

Electric mask: After impedance transformation the H-saw-tooth pulse generated by the horizontal oscillator is transmitted to a comparator. A
threshold value for rising ramp and a threshold value for falling ramp are adjusted with potentiometers. After the threshold values are reached, the reset and / or set input of a flip flop is actuated. A widened H-blanking signal is generated by this.

V Deflection: The V-pulse is disconnected from the H + V synchronous mixture through integration and subsequent comparison with a threshold
value. The V- oscillator is synchronized with this signal. The subsequent integrator which is reset in each case with the V-control pulse generates a saw-tooth current generating the magnetic field in the V-deflection unit for vertical deflection of the ray. The V-deflection frequency is 100Hz at 5O Hz or 120Hz at 60Hz line frequency. In this way a flicker free display of the picture signal is achieved.

Power supply: The supply voltages are generated with a primary controlled switched power supply. Control is by a IC TDA 4919. The repetition
frequency is 25 KHz. It is possible to select between a power supply input voltage of 115V or 230V by actuating the switch S2.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 169 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

POWER INPUT LCR 2 N N Y 1 L L X SL X50

X1
F2 *AT

D50N K1 K2

1 2

X2 1 2

D51T 1 2
U R1

R3

1 2 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 35 3 4 22 21 20 19 18 17 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

0V 70V 80V 90V 95V 100V 105V 110V 115V 120V 128V 135V

T0

32

X6 2

D50N
F1 12ATR

K4

X27 1

GENERATOR (D2000) T1 T2 GENERATOR (D2000)

X24

*AT F1

F2 0.3AT

F1 X1 0.75AT T1

3
U R2

230V

K4

X26 2

F3 F4

3AT T1 1AT T2

33

X25

24V

4
F3

240V

NETWORK
X5A 4

34 X1

90-128V 2AT

2 X4 2

3 X28 X29 3 X3 X4
MONITOR 1 MONITOR 2 MULTIFORMAT-KAMERA MULTIFORMAT-CAMERA

0V 150V 160V 170V 180V 188V 196V 70V/208V 80V/220V 90V/230V 95V 100V 105V/240V 110V 115V 120V 128V/256V 135V/277V 285V F2 4ATR

X3 5

X50 4 4 4 3
REPRO FILM

1 2 3 X5 7

K5 K3

196-277V

I O
UNIT
PILOT

V1 1 X6

K1 1 X5

VIDEOPRINTER SPEICHER MEMORY

1 2

K1 K2

MONITOR 1 MONITOR 2 MULTIFORMAT-KAMERA MULTIFORMAT-CAMERA VIDEOPRINTER SPEICHER MEMORY

K3 K3
+

3 3

SONNY PAPIER

14

MEMOIRE

GENE

X34 41 8 X33 X10 X6 K4 X36 X35 1

MONITOR 1 MONITOR 2 MULTIFORMAT-KAMERA MULTIFORMAT-CAMERA VIDEOPRINTER SPEICHER MEMORY

X1 K5 6 5 X6
Platine principale

5 5 5

RADIATION

D200

2 X7

GENE
SWITCHING CIRCUITE

* 15AT FROM 190V POWER SUPPLY NOMINAL VOLTAGE * 20AT 127V POWER SUPPLY NOMINAL VOLTAGE

FERRITE WINDINGS

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 170 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE
MONITOR TROLLEY

SI.S2000
UNIT

SM 2352376-100TPH

GENERATOR
2
LCR1

K4

1 X4

230V/240V

33 32 31

30
1

29

D50N
19 11
10 K4 2 X4
240V

T1
ALIM. PLATINES QUI GERENT SIREMOBILE ALI. +27 +24 15

3AT F3

18 8
12 10 2

T2
ALIM. TV SYSTEME CAMPA/AB +5V 15V

K4

X4 3

230V

1AT F4

9 14 Pilot 41
SCHELLE CLAMP
9

7 V1 K4
FERRITE WINDINGS

+ 8 X6

PLATTE DISK

SL X10
EARTHING PLATE N1

SG-CABLE

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 171 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

MONITOR CABLE RADIATION

UNIT

D200
5
SI RAYON

SM 2352376-100TPH

1 V1 2 X7
D50N

+ -

15 17

K1 6 X4
X4 4 5 BOOT CARD

5 16

NOT USED RESERVE

3 2 1 4 X10

2 3 4 1 X6

13 34 35 36 43 37

7 8
N1

D3 S3C BUS

COPY

18 38 44 XFK 17 M1
21 28 39 23 26 22 25 24 40 47 46

K3

SCHELLE CLAMP

45

D6
8 9 6 7 4 5 2 3 X3 DOWNLOAD AQUISITION START_MEMORY DATA_SSC3

MEMOSKOP

8 9 6 7 4 5 2 3
X6

MEMORY

FRAME

42 A1
BAS

SREEN 2 X1 TRIAX SREEN 1 MONITOR CABLE

MEMORY

A2 X10

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 172 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

T1
1

33 20V 34 5AT

5 V16 6 + +15V J8

D11
+15V VS
R U-CONTROL

2 1

MIN MAX V7

+5V
R

X4
5

D3.X4.10 boot card / soft D200.X4.1 gene D5.X5.1 control motor D6.X6.32 S3C bus D20.X4.9 desk D1.X1.4 mother board D7.X5.1 not used D15.X24.1 breaks D16.+15V diamentor D6.X6.10 status error

R56 37 20V 38 2.5AT 6 7 V15 - + -15V J7

V3 U/0K
G

J9 0V X6 W1

V6
R U-CONTROL

V8

230V

R55 35 27V 36 3.15AT R9


6 29V

V4
G

J10 -15V X5 X7 V11


U-CONTROL R R

1 V1 2 + +24V J1 J5
G

D1.X1.6 D15.X24.7 D7.X5.2 D200.X4.4 D15.X24.3 D204.X1.9 D6.X6.19 for laser light option

+24V V13 +5V 7


X3 ZOOM X13 X11 V12
U-CONTROL R

D6.X6.7

V9

3
V2

K1 +27V J2

+27V +5V V14


R

7 1AT
N1

4 X2 1 2
4
X14

5 4 3 X2 6 X3

D120.X1.3 BZW M61.CON1.3 ( BZW 75) D120.X1.2 BZW M61.CON1.2 ( BZW 75) D120.X1.1 BZW M61.CON1.1 ( BZW 75)

for AB
D6.X6.6 D120.X1.7 BZW M61.CON1.7 ( BZW 75) D120.X1.6 BZW M61.CON1.6 ( BZW 75) D120.X1.8 BZW M61.CON1.10 ( BZW 75)

0V (+5V)

R10

V10
G

J6 X12
0V (+5V)

0V (+27V)

D6.X6.34 .+5V D6.X6.9 D6.X6.8 ZOOM

2 X10 1 6

3
X16

X1

BIV_MINI_CONTROL

8 X3

X15

7 X2 8

D120.X1.9 BZW M61.CON1.11 ( BZW 75)

VOLTAGE SUPPLY +/-15V/+24V/+28V

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 173 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

T2
7V

35

D32 V5 + + R14 UP J10 V21


G

D10A
UP D16 X3 D18

RIBBON CABLE

36 3.15A 5 22V 6 1AT 31


230V

D30

30 31

BV TELE

B18
V20 -

MP D20 D22 +15V Z18 Z20 X5 Z22 X4

32 33 10 11 23 22 36 37

+ +

+15V J7 R16 V12


G

B20

Z24 0V X6 Z10 Z12

B14 V3 + + -15V J8
R15

22V 32 1AT B16

V13

-15V
BOX51

X7 X10

V17

1 -10V 2 X14 3

Z16 Z16 D24

12 24 29

-10V C C D

3 26V 4
0.315AT

Z4
V19 -

+
+

CCD 10V J13

Z2

J11 V4
G

D110
3 2 X13 1 MD X11 X8
+5V

V1 BCY59 V2 BUV50

33 15V
2 1.25AT
34

D4 Y18 D2 X2 + +

CPU +5V J12 J14 V6


G

B24 Z32 Z30 Z28

27 26 25

X9 MD

F+5V

B28 B30 B32 D14 X2

SCHELLE CLAMP

3 4 5 28 X1 BV-GEN.

VOLTAGE SUPPLY FUR FS-D

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 174 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

D20 B20

D14
31 73 929 8330 +5V-POWER PACK

1 T1

31

X8

Z20 D22 B22 Z22

D2 B2 +5V Z2

X2

D1 . X1 . 1

back board D1 . X1 . 2

X3 AC-INPUT

230V

30V

D24 B24

D4 +5V B4 Z4 X4
X4

D20. X4 .10 desk D20. X4 .13 D15. X24 .5break D20. X4 .10Sbic bus D20. X4 .13Gene D15. X24 .5 laser light option

10AT 32

X9

Z24 D26 B26 Z26 X1 X1 Z12


12AMT F101 GND V116 R=5V / 5.2V R=218

SENSE

B12 D12 Z14 B14 D14 Z16 B16 D16 Z10 Z6 D28

POWERFAIL

X6 N1 N1 D3.X4.9 X5 X7

D13
+5V VOLTAGE SUPPLY

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 175 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

D15
24V
R

7 +24V H1 + K4 X11

12 K4

D6

SM 2352376-100TPH

hand switch
SCOPIE memory input ATB blue key 1

V23

K4

2 4 SCOPIE + MEMORIS.

+24V 24V
R

X17 K15 K3 K3 X12 1 1

V24 yellow key Scopie ou DR 2 3 X1 RT V21 foot switch 1 0V


R

K3

0V K2 K2 K2 X9 4 4

&

DRfoot switch 2 3 X14

V22

K1 K1

K1

X10 X13

3 6 X4

3 16 X6

K15 +24V

HOST
GENERATOR K2 D200

X8 K15 X7

1 10 X3

8 9 X4

RADIATION AND ATB RELEASE

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 176 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

D11_+24V N1_GND D13_+5V N1_GND D11_+15V N1_+15V D11_-15V


end switch (BM1) ORBITAL S40 NO (BM2) ANGULATION S42 NO (BM4) SWIVEL 3 switchs 2
R

3 4 5 6 1 2 7 X24
2 1 7 6 X5 2 1 X2

X17 X18 X19 X20


X22 2 1

+24V

+24V R30 K11 8 4 2 K12 4 6 8 6 4 SW C5 + K12 13 R34 K11 RT 9 11 1 11 13 5 9 R32 2 8 4 K9 6 8 6 8 4 K10 SW C4 + RT K9 13 R33 K10 9 11 1 11 13 9 X5 9 R27 R35

+5V

X23 1 X15 X16 X21


V4
Y

D15
+24V R29

ORBITAL BM1

+15V -15V
X35
A1 B1

X36
A1 B1

X37
A1
B1

+24V K11 K12


ORBITAL

V1
Y

ANGULATION BM2

V10
Y

X35
A2 B2

X36
A2 B2

X37
A2

B2

K10 K9
&

+24V

R28

S44 NO 2 7 6 5 3 8

ANGULATION

D12A
R1 GXD +15V R2

X35

X36
A3 B3

X37
A3 B3

1 2 3 4 5 6 +15V

V5
R

A3 B3

K8 +24V
125

6 5 3 X35 2 6 5 3 X36 2 6 5 3 X37

V35

2 S35

&

X35
A4 B4

X36
A4 B4

X37
A4

K7
K6 K5
K13 K14

+24V
K5 K6

B4

2 8 4 8 6 6 4 K8 K7 4 SW C3 + X2 RT K7 13 R31 K8 9 11 1 11 13 5 9 5 4 +24V K6 5 4 V8 G K5 9
X6 +24V
R

SWIVEL BM4

2 1
4 3

V3
R

X35
A5 B5

X36
A5 B5

X37
A5

V36

2 S36

K13

+24V

R3

4 9 X1

7 8 X6

V2
R

5 4 K14 5 4
K13

V6 +24V
G

9
X6 10 RT BL 2 VERTICAL MOVEMENT BM5

1 R V34 2 S34

+24V 11 10 V7 K14 11 10 RT
K13

WIRING D15 BRAKES

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 177 of 247

Theory

Service notes

BM3

B5

+24V
K14

11 10 K6 11 10
K5

V9

RT BL

10

HORIZONTALMOVEMENT BM3A BM3

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

VCC D13_X2_+5V D13_X2_+5V


N1

SM 2352376-100TPH

1 2 3 5 7 8 -5V

X2-X9.B3,B29,D16 +5V X2-X9.B1,B10,B31,D18 0V X2-X9.B5


X11 7812 IN OUT GND J1

D1

N1

N1

D11_+15V

+15V

+12V

X2-X9.B9

D11_-15V

-15V

X1

X10 7912 IN OUT GND J2

-12V

X2-X9.B7

FERRITE WINDINGS AT BUS PC BOARD D1

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 178 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH
AT-BUS D1

IRO_11 RESET

IRO_10

IRO_12 IRO_15 D5 D6

IRO_14

MEMCS16

D11_+15V

X2 A12 C11 A2 D4 D3 X1A9 X2C18 A11 A31 B13 B14 SADR0-19 IOROC SDATA0-7 AEN IOWRC SDATA8-15 VCC WD +5V +5V & & V19 WATCH DOG X1 B2
8530 J31 INT 8530 INT J32
INTERFACE S. A GENE TXD RXD

D7

C2-C8 LAOR17-23

D1

X1 B11

B12 B1 B10 B31 SMEMW SMEMR


X26

X2 X2 D16 D18 X1 B3B29 X1B9


X21 +5V

X4 10

D3
K1
PAL J13 +5V VPP K1

7812 +12V J43


X12 +12V VPP 1 2 3
R

8 Circuits

INTERFACE SERIE B TV TXD RXD

FEPROM 8X VCC V21 V18


R

X22

V22

check CPU
V20

VPP
R

V14 20MA

J22 U J

VPP J33 VPP R U R J V15 V12


20MA

VPP
R

VPP
R

VCC
R

V51

V50

VPP 6N139 J44

J19 TRIG R WD0 WD1 MAX691 LOW TTL J27 LINE RESET RS232
X28

J32 B TX0 RX0


VOPX25
J26

X10 1 2 3 VOP_GND VPP


VOP+

VCC V17 +10V


R

20MA

20MA

X23 2

TTL J27

+5V

6 VOP_GND RS232 X24 VOP_GND -10V J45 J42 1 X27

2 3 X14

X3

X8

10

12

16

14

15

X4

X6 1

X5

SERVICE

X10
HI_VIDEO

13

34

36

43

FERRITE WINDINGS
2 14

X1

X3

10

12

16

14

15

X6

3
D50N

X23

D13
X27
4200 4100

RESET

D2
SLOT-CPU
4 1

4200

4200

4100

4200

4200

D110 CAMERA

D201

GENERATOR
X1
D28

X10

BLOCK DIAGRAM BOOT CARD D3

RESERVE

POWERFAIL

D14

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

179 of 247

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH
AT-BUS D1 IRO7 IORC 10VC
+5V +5V X2 D16 0V X1 B1 0V 0V

0V
X5 1 X2 D18

+15V
2

0V_(+15V)
5 4

+12V

X3 B2 RESET

A11 A22_A31 SADR_D-9 PROM

B21

A2.....A9
SDATA_D-7

B3

B29

B10 B31

X1 89

1 IDATA

X8 +

X7 +
GND X6 GNO X9

INT LM629 J40

INT LM629 J36

VCC

+15V X16 +12V

1 X31

D5
G

V1

J34 + V2

J32 V4 + -

2
R

X32

HOT_GN0

V3

K1
+5V

K1 13

K1
8 6 4

+15V
0V

B 18

INK 19

8 15

INX 16

X3 36

37

17

33

34

14

30

20

29

32

X5

D6.X4.12
X1 B6
A6
A5

RESERVE
B4
B2
A2

B5

A4 +5V

A7

B1

A1

A3

A8
+5V

B8

B7

X4 12 DISPLAY ON/OFF

X6
0V
X2 8
7
5

D30
0V X5

D20
X4

OFF if no +15V

with K1

X3 8

0V
X2 X3

D31
HEDS-9100

0V
X4 X5

+5V

X2

X3

X5
HEDS-9100

+5V

X4

SW

RT

X31 1

2
-

M + AM32 TV-IRIS

S31 CASSETTE

D32

end switch S32


INDEX-TV-IRIS

MOTOR CONTROLLER OVERVIEW D5

AM31 CAM.-ROTATION

LH30 FAN FOR CCP

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 180 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

AT-BUS D1 IRQ7 X2 B21

D5

IDATA

LM629
INT LM629 J39

LM629

INT J38

INT LM629 J37

LM629

INT J35

+15v 2
J34
G R

+15v

1 X44

1 X43

1 X42

1 X41

J33
0V
3

J33
R

J32
R

V11

V12

V9

0V
A

A 28 1

B 2

INX

V10
29

B 9

INX

V7

0V
A

V8
23

B 12

INX

V6

+5V
A

VS
22

B 5

INX

X3

27

25

26 B

10 20

24 11

13 7

21 4

30

X1

21

22 1

23

19

20 8

10

14 17

18 11

12

13 7

16

15 4

24

D40
X2
X44 1 A11 B1 J3
+ M -

B4 5 6 7 8 X2 A4 X43 1

B3 5 6 7 8 X2 A3 X42 1

A5 5 6 7 8 X2 B5 X41 1

6 78

J2

J1

3SFH 900-3

D44

3SFH 900-3

D43

3SFN 900-3

D42

3SFH 900-3

D41

AM44 COLLIMATOR-IRIS

AM43 SLOT / right

AM42 ROTATION

AM41 SLOT / right

MOTOR CONTROLLER OVERVIEW D5

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 181 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH
S31 (CASSETTE)

X3
AT-BUS D1

X4

D15
STR. DLDR+24V
H1

X2

D30
D11_+15V
X1 A7

MANUAL DL- DRBASE RADIATION ATB

X6 2
X6 2

1
1

4
4

3
3

6
16

5
5

7
12

X2 D18 X1 B2 A11 A12-A31 B13 B14 A2-A9 B11 B12 B1 B10 B31 RESET AEN SDATA_0-7 IOW SADR_0-19 IOR SMEMW SMEMR X10 X1 B3

X2 D16 B29 X1 B9
X14
X6 32 X15
X4 12 CASSETTE

INTERFACE MEMOIRE
V20
R

V1

X11
+12V (AT)

INTERFACE CAMERA

down load INTERFACE

+5V
X16

+12V
X18
G

S3-BUS D6
V13
R

K4 RATIATION + power on + end of radiography

V16
R

V15
R

V12
R

V17
R

VPP

V3

V14
R

V21
R

V19
R

20MA

20MA

20MA

20-80MA

20MA

+9V
X12

20MA
V2
G

20MA

20MA

20MA

X13

+5V

+5V

X3

X6

33

15

13

14

X4

18

X7

12

14

13

15

16

X4

16

17

15

13

TESTING ADAPTER

X10

40

47

22

25

23

26

28

21

D110.X1

18 DOWNLOAD

16
AVR_ANF

17 AVR_STOP

15 SYNC

1 CAMERA

13

X6

D20.X4

DATA_SSC3

START

AOUISITION

DOWNLOAD

PUN (DOWNLOAD)

MEMOSKOP

DESK

CAMERA
BLOCK DIAGRAM BUS CONTROLLER D6

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 182 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH
1
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6

2
S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12

3
S13 S14 S15 S16 S17 S18

D21

RX J1 J2

20-80MA

D6

20MA

15 18 8 33 13
14

DOWNLOAD CAMERA MEMORY (RES)

J13

J3
EPROM

S19

S20

S21

S22

S23

S24

J1
EPROM

5
S25 S26 S27 S28 S29 S30

2 3

J12 J15 J9
BOC535

6 1-6 1-12

X1
MATR_OUT MATR_IN

S31

V30 V31 V32

V33 V34 V35 V37 V38

S3C BUS

X1 X1

X6

J15

X1

10

11

12

3
LED8

4
LED7

5
LED6

6
LED5

7
LED3

8 X2
LED2

11

13

12

LED10 LED9

D200
RX K1 ON R HSYN RES VSYN

1-9 LED 2 3 X4 5 RADIATION +5V +15V

X2
11 13 12

D20 D4
D5
+15V K1 desk display power 3 8 1 9 2 op 6 7 16 8 15 12 2 1 DISPLAY DATA H - SYNCHRO V - SYNCHRO

X1 TRANSLATOR
3 R 3 5 HSYN 5 16 6 VSYN 6 CN1 15 7 14 6 13 5 12 4 11 3 10 2 9 1 CN3 1 1 2 2 4 6 7 7 8 8 CN1 A 2 1 4 A F 3 8 F 11 9 13 15 1 2 3 4 A3 A4 A2 A1 A8 B8 A7 B7
NSYN VSYN CLK DATA

D23

+15V

X5 3 D11_+15V 9 D13.X3_+5V 10 N1_GND 11

+5V

X6

J14 VCC VPP +12V

D22
5 6 7 8 CN2 A6 B6 A5 B5
GND

X8 D13.X3_+5V N1_GND 13 14

1 2

1 X7 2

DISPLAY

X4

X3

DESK OVERVIEW

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 183 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3


P_VZW X77 1

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

350V

X12

L1

5MYH F1

10AT

1 3

X88 L1

I_MAX_ZW

X2 D4 B4 J1

I_MAX_0V

V69 3
L2 900NH
V49 V37

14

X2

I_MAX_WR

U3 ZW_ANST_1 D6 V43 J2

4
SKM254F

R7 3K3

V12 3
J5
V39

3 V70
V40

J7

X10

4
U1
SKM254F

4
SKM254F X32 C11 C16 C35 C36 V67 U2

P_VZW

X3 2,B,D6

1
V64

P_VZW_IST N_VZW

X2 D8
X77 3

C2 R1 R2 J3
V48 U3 V42 J4 V36

1
C4 C8 C33

R3 39K R5 R6 R100

V18 J6 6 5 D
V38

5 1
V41 J8

ZW_VERS_1 X2 Z6 power supply 20KHZ ZW_VERS_2


ZW_ANST_2

6
V65

B6
Z8

6
R4 1K

6
V66 U2

U1

2
N_VZW X3 Z,8,D2 X11

C9 C10

7
X9

2 2

7
X66 X33 9,10 6,7 X2 B8 B20 Z20 Z22 B22 V1 U1 UZ_IST_IN KV_IST_P

+15V +15V X1,X2,X3

X4

1 4 5 8

K1

X2
D24 XRAY_ANZ/ON XRAY_0_22 XRAY_0_12 6 K1 7 K1

Z,8,D32

X5
1 6 2 3 4 5 7 8

to HT transformer

N1.

XRAY_0_21

X4 3
6

X4
2 5

desk leds trolley

GROUND KV_IST_P KV_IST_N

D201 D201

XRAY_0_11

V68 CPU KV
XRAY_ON_P XRAY_ON_S2 X1 XRQY_0N_S1 X2 X2 +5V X4 +5V X1,X2,X3 FIL2 X3 FIL1 X1 -15V GROUND X1,X2,X3 X1,X2,X3 8 D12 D10 Z10 7 Z,8,D28 Z,8,D12 Z,8,D10 D10 1_MAX_WR_R 1 K2 9 8 K2 4 16 13 4 9 XRAY_ON_N

KV_IST_N P_IROE_IST

D200

P_IROE_IST

B6

D202
CHA_MA CHA_FOC N_IROE_IST P_MAX T_IST FIL2

CUVE

N_IROE_IST

1 K3 7 8 K3 5 6 K3

X1 Z6 X6
3 2 1

D20 pression P_MAX D22 temperature T_IST

heating
FIL1

20KHZ

WR_ANST_1 15V_WR

X2
B2 Z2
D2

T2
J9 8 3
3 8

X2 B12 X4
Z,8,D30 Z,8,D26 4

-15V

20KHZ

WR_ANST_2

J9

10 GROUND 12

T1

FERRITE WINDINGS

BLOCK DIAGRAM BASE D200

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 184 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3


Z,8, Z,8, Z,8, Z,8,

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

X1
D28 D26 D32 D30

+5V GROUND +15V -15V

D201
CPU 80186 J1 CONTROL DECODER LOGIC A J58 D
X108

J64 D A J76 D A

X1
X112 B20
X113 Z20 D20 J39 MUX D22 Z24 B24 B22 IN_IST T_IST KV_IST UZ_IST_IN IROC_IST P_VZW_IST DRIVE0 DRIVE1 SC_ALERT RESET_SSS CHA_MA CHA_FOE 1H_MAX TIMER_ACTIVE XRAY_OK_S2 WR_OK KV_MAX_R I_MAX_ZW_R FR_ZW_KR FR_ZW_KR VZW_OK 15V_OK XRAY_O_R RESET XRAY_OK

KV_SOLL

X3
13 11 9 7 5 3 J49 J71

KV_SOLL

D24 Z22

2 4

FEEPROM J23 J3
J61
DIWAN

B10 Z10 D14 Z8

D3.X8

6 8 14

J38

82510

120KX8

J37

Operating menu RAM J33 J53

J65

B6 Z6 Z16 B14 D12

15

J48

32KX8
I / 0 PORTS 82C55

10 12

J26

J73 82510

Learning Prog./courbe EEPROM J34 2KX8 J54

Z14 B12 Z12 D6 D16 D18

2 5

J15 J72 J35 82510

SOFT J4

GERE

B18 B16

RS232

3 4

J24
J1/J62

D8 B8

EPROM

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 185 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

X1
RESET Z14

SYNCHRONISATION 20 KHZ
20KHZ

X1
Z6 B6 ZW_VERS_1
POWER SUPPLY DRIVER

V26/V27
CURRENT SOURCE 3MA

ZW_VERS_2
D200

T_IST XRAT_ON_S1 KV_IST

D22 D10 Z24


ENABLE

J17 &

J20

X9 WP

X2
B2 D2

WR_ANST_1 WR_ANST_2 WR_0K

X1
D16 J45 J11 J46 J11 KV-CONTROLLER J10 KVS X17 X13
X10

KV_IST_P

B20 Z20

X7

J47 KV1 1V = 20KV 5.5V = 110KV J2 CMD CIRCUIT J18 & J22

X12 X2 ZP D6 Z6

ZW_ANST_1
D200

ZW_ANST_2

KV_IST_N

X1
Z,B D28 +5V

J6
PID

KV_SOLL UZ_SOLL UZ_IST_IN

D18 B10 B8

Z,B D26

GROUND

J9
U5

V J5 F

J4
ZW-CONTROLLER

Z,B D32 Z,B D30

+15V

U1

V1
CIRCUIT LOGIQUE D'ERREUR J31/J32 TIMER J18 13 ms J37/J38 S 10 >C1 R

V2 ZW KV P +V -V

V3
VW

-15V

I_MAX_ZV I_MAX_ZV_R FR_ZW_KR I_MAX_0V KV_MAX_R

D4 B10 Z12 B4 Z18


+15V -15V

&

enable/disable

IZ WR

RK

J15 &

D202

1W

U1

Presure

P_MAX_R

D14
+15V -15V

J37/J38 S 10 >C1 R

X1
J14 & B14 XRAY_O_R Xray accepted to D201 D24 XRAY_ANZ to D200 J11 J10 J3 J44
J26 1V = 2.5mA X5 MA

Z16 1SV_0K

J28/J29

I_MAX_WR CHA_MA VZW_OK

Z6 Z10 B16 D12 B24

D8 D20 Z22 B22

P_VZW_IST for intermediate voltage P_MAX to HT transformer P_IROE_IST N_IROE_IST

D201

XRAY_ON IROE_IST

BLOCKDIAGRAM CONTROLLER D202

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 186 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

J12

X1
Z,B, D28 +5V Z,B, D26 GROUND Z,B, D32 +15V Z,B, D30 -15V SC_ALERT D20
20KHZ 43KHZ

X9 V12 V13

X1
L2 22MYH R41 100R V28 C38 6NF8 Z,B,D10 Z,B,D12 U3 U2 X5 R74 39K B20
V15

tension internediaires
P_VZW

Z,B,D6

U1
J3 V10

V20

V26

FILE_1 FILE_2

V1 R76 J9
RMS DC

DRIVE_1 B16 DRIVE_0 D16 X3

J5-J8 CONTROL LOGIC


J13
200MSEC

D203
X10 V14

X6 Z20 IH_IST D201 CPU AU = 1A

TIMER_ACTIVE D22

IH_IST

D201 CPU

X8

J1/J8
50KHZ

J11

U1

V21 C15 R75 39K C37 6NF8

ref 4A

alim. drive J2
V11

V27

V25 Z,B,D2 N_VZW intermediat voltag

BLOCK DIAGRAM HK INVERTER D203

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 187 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

X1 : signal A2 : U1
HV measurement

A1 : V1

Pres. Therm. Safety SW

Current measurement

Filament Heating

HV Single Tank

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 188 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

230V AC1 AC1

AC2

SM 2352376-100TPH

AC2 NETWORK FILTER ADO2 GROUND_N1_ ACO2 24V 5 F1 10AT 9 10

Z1
ADO1 ACO1

X1
F2

X1
Z,B,D28 Z,B,D26 Z,B,D32 Z,B,D30

10AT +5V GROUND +15V -15V R9

500 ms TIMER

V3 320V C8-C17

D204
X1
3 P_VZW

V5

50V

N_VZW

NETWORK FILTER + BLOCK DAIAGRAM RECTIFIER D204

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 189 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Boards per Memoskop release:


Memoskop 2 : D18 Interface D17 Memory D17-D18 Connect. Panel D1 D21 D4 D5 D6 D1 D21 D4 D5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 Interface Storage Power Supply 5V Bus PC board Text Module Interface Storage Power Supply 5V Bus PC board Interface Storage with scsi Power Supply 12V Power Supply 5V Bus PC board Text Module Interface Storage with scsi Arithmetic (substr) Power Supply 12V Power Supply 5V Bus PC board Text Module

SIREMOBIL
HOST HOST X6 DOWNLOAD X12

VOLTAGE SUPPLY
Supply

Memoskop 3 :

BAS_2_OUT 100HZ

DL-MONITOR
A

Memoskop 3E :

MEMOSKOP
ATB X11 BAS_1_OUT 100HZ 50HZ NC_BAS NC_TRIGGER

SP-MONITOR
B

Memoskop 50 :

X9 BAS_2_IN VIDEO

X10 X5 X4 KEYB

HARDCOPY

Memoskop SUB: D1 D22 D23 D3 D4 D5 D6

means FERRITE WINDINGS

TV CAMERA

KEYBOARD

MEMOSKOP "3", "50" and "SUB" Interfaces

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 190 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

HOST X6

KEYBOARD X5 X12 X11 BAS_2_OUT BAS_1_OUT

BAS_Z_IN

X9

INTERFACE D1
X10 X4 X13 X2/X3 D1-D5 X21/X22 TEXT MODULE X2 HC_BAS NC_TRIGGER

ARI D23
X1 AC-D1 X1/X2 BACKPLANE X3/X4 D5 X5/(X6)GND 5V X11 X1 POWER SUPPLY TRANSFORMER T1 AC-D4 X11 X1 X1 5V_ DISK X11

X4

X5

SUBSTRACTION X2/X3 D22 X1 SCS1 X1 X2 DISK MS1 X2 12V X10 X1

X21/X22 TEXT MODULE D6

12V-POWER PACK D3 X1 X10

SV-POWER PACK D4

AC-D3

MEMOSKOP SUB OVERVIEW

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 191 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Z1
N 2 SL 3 L 1
POWER SUPPLY 230V 2 220 3 SL 1 220

OUT 5
4 6

L_OUT K_OUT

F1 2AT

T1
1
7 16 10V3

TRANSFORMER F9 0.75AT 2 F6 0 1 2 3 1

1
D11.X1

2
X10

AC_D3 0-3

4AT

FERRITE WINDINGS
F7 0.1AT

16V7

1 E1 L 2 N 3 SL

B20 Z20 B24 Z24


X11 AC_D4 0-5

0 3 1 2 27V 3 4 4 10 16V 11 5 10V1 6 14 10V 15 F2 1AT F5 4AT F3 1AT F4 1.5AT 5 6 7 2 3 0 1 4 5

F8 0.1AT

1 E2 L 2 N 3 SL

Z20 B20 D20 Z26 B26 D26


D1.X13

12 10V1 13

1 6 2 7 4 8 5 9

NETWORK SUBASSEMBLY MEMOSKOP 3, 50, SUB

AD_D1 0-7

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 192 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

X1

SM 2352376-100TPH

Z20 B20 D20 AC1 16V7 - + V2 R5 AC2

D3
J1 +12V V3

X1
Z2 B2 D2
27V

D4
X1
D20 B20 Z20 12AT F101

Z6 D4 B4 Z4 D2 B2 Z2 D16 +5VD

GND

Z12 B12 D12 Z14 B14 D14


27V D26 B26 Z26

B16 Z16 D14 B14 Z14 D12 B12 Z12 0VD

Z24 B24 D24

BLOCK DIAGRAM LONGITUDINAL CONTROLLER D3


V3

Z10 BLOCK DIAGRAM +5V SWITCHING CONTROLLER D4

D3
V. R.

+12V GREEN +12V SETTING R5

D4
+12V GREEN +5V SETTING

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 193 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

BAS_2_OUT X9 BAS_2_IN

X12

ANALOG-INTERFACE

BAS_1_OUT

X11

HC_BAS

X10

AIF_DIF (0:30) X2 X3 D105_X2 (0:77) D105_X3 (0:61) VEE N_U_TG 5V N5V2 N5V2_P U_N PGND AGD

AIF_TG (0:11)

VCC

AIF_UP1 (0:5)

X13

AC_D1 (0:7) AGND 1

POWER PACK
AGND 2

DIGITAL-INTERFACE D1 (0:7) POB (0:7)

DIF_TG (0:20) CLOCK

TG_UP1 (0:10) 5V_1 N5V2_1 5V_2 N5V2_2

NT_UP1 (0:3) X6 X5 HOST (1:15) KEYBOARD (1:9)

UP1_DIF (0:16)

UP1_CONTROL (0:11) HARDCOPY (1:9) X4 X21/X22

MICROPROCESSOR

TEXT MODULE (1:45)

BLOCK DIAGRAM INTERFACE PC BOARD D1

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 194 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

X21
AD0 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 AD8 AD9 AD10 AD11 AD12 AD13 AD14 AD15 1 2 3 4 5 12 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 +5V

X22
1 N_TEXT_WHITE 2 3 4 5 6 GROUND N_TEXT_BLACK GROUND N_TEXT_WHITE_DL

MEMORY NW 01 3K3 V1 2 V6 14 7 13 8 3K3 3K3

X5
1 4 6

CABLE Brown

BIG KEYBOARD DCD

SINGLE KEYBOARD

GROUND N_TEXT_BLACK_DL 7 GROUND 9 N_H_TEXT 10 N_V_TEXT 8

D6

8 3 7 5 +5V 9

Grey Purp. V1 Grey White SCHIRM

TXD RTS RXD CTS 0V +5V

13 14 15 16

CONTROLLER

GROUND 12 T50_75_ATB VCC VCC VCC

11

Read

S1 S2 S4 S3 S5 S6

VSDD_BANK1 17 K_CS_VSDD 18 VSSD1 VSDD2 ALE N_WR1 N_RD1 19 20 21 22 23

VCC 17 RDY 18 CT0 19 TEXT_RES3 20 TEXT_RES4

KEYBOARD WIRING MEMOSKOP 3, 50

RESET1 24 TEXT_RES0 25

SINGLE KEYBOARD S6 S5 S4 S1 S2 S3

BLOCK DIAGRAM TEXT MODULE D6

S4, S5, S6 ARE RESERVE KEYS

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 195 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

X1
+5V_D -10C_D +12_D GND_D +12V_A GND_A TEMPERATURE 6 7 9 6 5 4 2

VOLTAGE SUM

Tension ----> CPU

X2
9 SPG_FUHLER

+1.6V -8V 2-6V FITERING

D113
SENSOR

X7
1.2

DRIVER

NTC

P ....element Pelletier

TEST LIGHT

10
QUARTZ

TEST LIGHT DRIVER

X6
1.2

A LED K SENSOR DISK

X1
KT KT_DK 1 2

OSCIL. G1

50HZ D113A gene inpulsion

UB SENSOR

X4,X5

SENSOR

KT_OK PULSE

PPG

10 C_SYNK X2 C_BLK 1

60HZ D113B C_SYNC C_BLK

SERIALDRIVER

5
S;DVH

KAN1 KAN2 KAN3 D114

6 7

X1
ST1 ST2 ST3 3 4 5

PARAL. DRIVER TRANS.

BLOCK DIAGRAM CAMERA HEAD D113

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 196 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

X4
+10V_REF
X31TP
+5V_REF
-7.5V_REF

B17,C17

+5V_REF D112

X32TP

X3
B17,C11 +10V_REF D111

+12V_D
+15V_UA1

X27TP

+12V_D

X26TP

+12V_A

X1
10,11,22,23

X28TP
-15V_UAZ +5V_SENSOR
+5V_UD1 25,26,27

12,24 28

-12V_D

X29TP

-12V_D

-12V_A

X30TP 0V_D

+5V_D

MA 0V_A MD

D10
UP

29

KAKO

0V_D GUP GUP

PELTIER_OFF

MP

32,33

0V_D 1K

X2
15

PELTIER VOLTAGE 16

UP SA_0 SA_1 SA_2

30,31

MO

X4
B9 B8 B7 CUP +12V_D +12V_A UB_-10V MULTIPLEXER

X4
B10 SPVV

S1

SER_IST_IN

X1
2

20MA_INTERFACE

-12V_D -12V_A +5V_D +10V_REF

X3
C7 C6

IST_IN

SER_IST_OUT

IST_OUT TIEF_BSIG MTIEF_BSIG

-15V_C +15V_C +5V_C UB_C UP_EIN +5V_GE

V60 T_IW0 V61 V62 V63 V64 V65

X1
8 19 MG 6 0V_A

+5V_G MG

D110

7 0V_G

VOLTAGE PROCESSING D110

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 197 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

X3
IW_STEUER B27
WORKING POINT

X4
C25
VV_AUS

NAND KT_PULS TEST KKB_SIGNAL

B26

X20
ADAPTATION

X3
B25
IWB BAND_EIN

X4
C10 C24

X4
A13

X4
X1
MULTIPLEXER B_SIGNAL TEST SIGNAL

X2
1

X2

CLAMPING

X3

FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT FOR_AVR

AUTOMATIK

X12

SIGNAL DECUPLING BANDWIDTH LIMITATION

X17

GAIN FEST_1

X19

CHARACTER.

C26

GAM_AUS

X5
TA_1 TA_0

LINEAR

X21
KT-PULSE
CLAMPING

X4
C23 C22

MULTIPLEXER DIGITAL ANALOG TEST SIGNAL

loop 2

loop 1/2/3 every 5mn


for led

X22
CIRCLE

X9 ADAPTATION

MIN_B

RECTANGLE BLAKING

C15

D_TEST

C12 290KHZ

KREIS_RECHT

THE DIGITAL TEST SIGNAL

A_MUX

loop 1

X3
A_MESS B6 Analogique

B_SIGNAL
MULTIPLEXER B_SIGNAL TEST SIGNAL

MULTIPLEXER

S+H

A26

MVV

X7
SYNC. ADMIXTURE

C11

X4
D_MESS A8 Digital C9
ADAPTATION

SYNC_SIGNAL

X8
H_ SAWTOOTH GENERATION

H_PULS

X6

D110
BASA loop 3

FINAL STAGE

X1
A2

MVV_A0

C18 C19 C20

D2 MEMORY

X23

D112
MVV_A1 MVV_PULS

X4 B12
TEMPERATURE

X25

X2 A2

VIDEO SIGNAL PROCESSING D110

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 198 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

VIDEO AMPLIFIER PC BOARD D110


X3
B27 IW_CONTROL

B26

X3

X3
HAND B26 CIRCUIT PART CONTROL CPU

X3

AGC control voltage 27

EPROM

LATCH 373

SW

X3
D_MESS B25

ACTUAL VALUE ACQUISTION digital dominante

XV

SS MEASURING FIELD

PORT

PORT

PEAK VALUE BLACK

2 SS MIX RE_CPU 80535

0
PORT

X3
C6

IST_OUT

3 TXO SERIAL INTERF. TXO


PORT

SW

Video on 0.5V B25 IVB (0.5V) KT_PULS C10 M0-M6 A1-A7 B6

XV

SS CLAMPING

OV SS SW

OV SS SW

X5
V_=_S

MULTIPLY

PEAK VALUE WHITE

SW

MUX

S-H

ist

A D

Host gene

DAC+ analogique dominante


MEAN VALUE

C7

IST_IN

MW
PORT

3 I_CONTR. AVR start/stop


PORT PORT PORT RAM

A_MESS

V2 A14 BA0 BA1 V1 C13

C14 V2 B13 AVR_ANF AVR_STOP

3 Controls MIW C21 MIW_PULS A20


ADAPTATION OFFSET ADJUSTMENT B_VALUE

OPK

B14

S-H

MUX_TEST

B_VALUE
LATCH 373

DO-07 D A D A D A D A B Nominal Value

D112

ST0 ST4

ST5

MIV_A0 C18 MIW_A1 C19

D111

S-H

CONTROL CPU PC BOARD D112

BLOCK DIAGRAM ACTUAL VALUE ACQUISITION D111

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 199 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000

X4
C_BLK A31 MVV D110 D111 A26

X4
C_BLK

SM 2352376-100TPH

C15 KREIS_RECNT

TEST SEITCH V1 LIGHT EMITTING DIODES V1

S1

S4

MUX
Test patern
Finition

MIW C21 SPVV B10


Surveillance

S4 S8

SP_FUHLER B11 TEMPERATUR B12 ST0 A17 ST1 A18 ST2 A19 ST3 A20 ST4 A21 ST5 A22 D0 D111 A9 D1 A10 D2 A11 D3 A12 D4 A13 D5 A14 D6 A15 D7 A16
communication avec HOST

D A

D112

AFFICHAGE ERREUR V2 ERROR LED

A24 MVV_A1 A23 MVV_A0 C19 MIW_A1 C18 MIW_A0 A32

misc D110 misc D111 led

TEST LIGHT

PELTIER OFF peltier on/off BAND_ON bande alimentation C26 C25 C24 GAM_OFF on/off VV_OFF on/off D110 TEST TA_1 TA_0 SA_2 SA_1 SA_0 MVV_PULSE D110 Test misc alim. D110 D110 Test D110

ADR_N

MICROCONTROLLER SAB_BOC535

+ LOGIK ADDRESS ADDRESS DECODER LATCH ADR_L LOGIC

C23 C22

LATCH OUTPUTS MESSPULS_SEL MFIELD_SEL

B7 B8 B9 A25

MUX TESTBILO_SEL
MEASURING FIELD

V_INTERRUPT

PROM DRIVER

A20 MIW_PULSE D111 A8 DMESS dominante A7 A6 A5 M6 M5 M4 M3 M2 M1 M0 D110 D111 D110 D11

J3_IN A27

X1 J3_OUT C28
D111 RESET C27

OPK

H_PROM +_LATCH

A4 A3 A2

CIRCLE

X28

RESET SWIT.

BOOT EPROM ... ...

circuit P41C

V_PROM +_LATCH

A1

LOGIC

C9 H_PULSE C10 KT_PULSE C14 V2 C13 V1

DOWNLOAD

B6

DOWNLOAD

OPK

LOGIC

PROG. MEMORY NYRAM

KR_ PROM

+5V

C_BLK A31 C_SYNC A30

AVR CONTROL D111

X18

28MHZ

OPK

A29

S3C bus SYNC control

BLOCK DIAGRAM CONTROL D112

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 200 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

KAN1

X2 7 V1 V4

2 1 V5

X1
KT X1 1 J2 2 1 J1 (CHANNEL1)

LEVEL-, SHIFT, BLANKING GT-PULSE

3 4 5

ST2 ST1 ST3 C_BLK D112

X2
1

X14
2 KAIN2 X2 6 V7 V10 X15 1 V11

X16

L1 J9
2 1

X79 750HM

X3
1 KKB_SIGNAL

J2

TP
J3 (CANNEL2)

"BA" D110

BLANKING LEVEL CONTROL

2 KAN3 X2 5 V13 V16 1 V17

X3 10 TEMPERATURE

J5 2 1 J4 (CHANNEL3)

D114

X2 2

KT_DX

X1 2

5 MHZ DE RESOLUTION

BLOCK DIAGRAM CAMERA HEAD 2 D114

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 201 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

X1
D11.X2.3 D11.X2.3 1 2
4 5
D11.X2.1 D11.X2.2
D11.X2.6 D11.X2.7
27V

X2
A1

D121
H21
H7 Tension

X41

VOLTAGE REGULATOR

R22
24V

X3
X42

+24V +24V

A1

B1

H21 H21 H21 H21 H21

X50

0V

X47

B3 B4

6 7
8 9
relai erreur

X48

0V R34

B7 B6

X2
MONITORING
B2 A2

D121 D121 D121 H21

X37 X36

D11.X2.5

ZOOM

B3

R8

X6

A6

anode 1

R10
ref. anode

CONTROLLER

X44

A2 A3 A4

H21 H21 H21 H21 H21

Tension anode

B1
A4

X43
6.2V 0.3V

D120
0V
X45

A5 A7

D121

A3 B4

CONTROLLER

X46

B2 B5

H21 Tension C3 control

H21 feed back C3

BLOCK DIAGRAN CONTROL UNIT D120

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 202 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

D121
M21 680V X4 1 X28 X29 RBW_17/23_E1 X5 1 R9 X73 X45 X32 R5 X74 X46 X75 X47 RBW_17/23_E2 X6 1 X31 X30 X52 4 K3 3 4 K2 3 R3 6 K3 5 R12 6 K2 5 R2 X76 X48 X77 X49 X78 X50 X79 X51 X80 X81 X82 X83 R4 R14 K1 K2 K1 5 14 1 7 12 8 K1 K3 X26 X27 X21 X22 X24 X36 X37 X38 X25 B3 A1 A2 B2 A3 A4 D120 D120 D120 D120 D120 D120 cmd 200m X23 B4 D120 CM R18 47K X72 X44 R10 220R

X2
X20 B1 D120 6.2V

X40 X41 X42 X43

R13

X60 X61 X66 X67 X62 X63 X68 X69

BLOCK DIAGRAM CONTROL UNIT D121

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 203 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

NS-MODUL
24V

UE1=600V UE2=900V

U E2
1
D11.X2.5 3

US900

US600

U E1
RBV-HDR A

+15V

3 5

-5V

6 M61.CON3

24V

E3
D11.X2.3 D11.X2.4 D11.X2.7 D11.X2.6 D11.X2.4 D11.X2.1 1 2 11 10 7 6 8 9 U CONST

E2 E1
8 3 9 7 2 5 10 1 6
4 M61.CON2

8 3 9 7 2 5 10 1 6
4 M61.CON1

24V

U E3

+15V -5V

K
UA

7 UG

M61.CON1

Supply voltage controller Monitoring reference value generator

HS-MODUL UA=30KV UE3=2.......15KV UGETTER=2.8KV

BLOCK CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF MINI POWER SUPPLY RBV (FA. ROEDERSTEIN)

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 204 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

B8

B9

B10

B11

B12

P1

P2

P3

P4

P5

P6

P7

P8

P9

P10

P11

P12

P13

CON1 CON2

3
REL2

REL2

REL5

REL5

REL8

REL8

4
REL3

REL3

REL6

REL6

REL9

REL9

5
REL4

REL4

REL7

REL7

REL10

REL10

MP (US15) S15
MP US30

MP (US900) 9

MP (US600) 6

B1 P1 REL2 P2 REL3 P3 B4 P4 REL4 P5 B5 P6 REL5 P7 REL6 P8 P9 REL7 P10 REL8 P11 P12 REL9 P13 REL10 B12 REL1

CON3

MP UE2

MP UE1

24V

US900
MP UE2
E2

0......900V 0......600V

1 2

2 4 3 5 COM3

US600 +15V -5V

MP UE1

E1

GND

MP 24V
8

8 3

1 2

COM 12 11 10 7 10 REL1
6 7 8

MP
+15V

+15V

3 4 5 6

2......15KV

E3

MP
-5V

MP

REL1 MP REL+ D9 MP REL-

9 7 2 5 10

-5V

7 8 COM2

RBV-HDR A 30KV
A

1 2 3

4 5 6 7

E1 E2 E1 K

MP UI15

MP UI30

8 COM3

UG

9 CON1

MP SL

MP MP TP2 TP1

CON1 CON2

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 205 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

LIST OF SOFTWARE FILES

1. Configuration Backup Files

S9120762.p00 S9120762.p01
explaination:

S ------- = Siremobil 9 ------- = 9 Pouces / 7 Pouces 20762 = Serial Number P00 ---= Old Configuration P01 --- = New Configuration
2. Service Software

Cuckoo.exe
3. Service Software Configuration File :

S9120762.cfg
4. Help File :

Sireserv.hlp
5. Download Files :

Gen_va6.hex M2s_va7b.hex

Hostvb8.hex Pun_va0.hex

M2e_va1.hex S3c_va0.hex

M2h_va7a.hex Ssi_vb2.hex

M2m_va7a.hex

M2p_va7b.hex

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 206 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

6. Errors Backup File :

S9120762.err
7. Log Backup File : Service Operation

S9120762.log
8. Mon Backup File : Not used in service mode

S9120762.mon
9. Backup Fluoro Time

S9120762.par
10. Init disk : Update software

Initdisk.exe
11. Errors List

Errlist.txt

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 207 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Part A - How to read product configuration documents.


system

System reference number

Documents presented are examples and are not related to present product

Date of change

New system ref number

A.1 - Example of traceability sheet of documents or schematics

Page release

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 208 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

to page 4 of product X1515


D37.B30 (26/5) MIKROPROZESSOR-BUS

(X1515-4) N11K2 B8/D8

AP2 (X1641-19) H1 AP1 52 51 Z32 B14 D14 D12 50

A.2 - Example ; how to read an interconnection drawing

+24V B14 B4 AP1/24V B28

+24V

24V

B18 Z18

AP1

50 0VL 18 51 52 53 AP2 AP3 AP4

Z26 B24 B22 B20

F6 OUT REG J4 Z6 D300 (X1454-300) Z8 Z4

AP2/24V AP3/24V AP4/24V

Z28 B30 Z30

AP2 AP3 AP4 AP1

Z14

N11K2 Z16

B26

N1K1 20

19

(X1627-1) AP2 ZB/ZK (16/3) D10 AP3 D50 AP4 (X1454-50) Z22 Z20 AP1 Z10 Z24

AP2 B10 (20/4) AP3 B8

D32.D4

D32.B4

V2 AP2 V3 AP3 V4 AP4 D90 (X1454-900)

D32.Z4

12

D32.D6

going to page 16 line 3

D8

15

V1 AP1

+24V AP4 Z8 D23 (X1503-6)

D8

Z6

6 3

N11K3 D2

(X1630-1) (X1638)

B6 Z24 Z6 (X1575-63) B8 B22 Z8 D63 0V S Z22 +15V +24V

board number

going to page 63 of product X1575

going to page 20 line 1 line 1,2,3


1

B20 B10 (20/1) B12 B14 D24 (X1454-24)

ref:product
ARBEITSPLATZ-ANWAHL EXAMINATION UNIT SELECTION SELECTION POSTE DE TRAVAIL X1641-14-4 2 3

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 209 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

A.3 - Example of documents annotations

Remarks
Please also refer to the remarks of X1515, sheet 1 Sheet/Current path *1 *5 *6 *7 19 21 22A 23 27 *8 18A *9 16 17 * 10 20 19 * 11 19 / / / / / / / 2 4 4 3 6-7 3 7 1 5 7 4,7 With Polydoros 50/80, V 1/2 and U 1/2 must be connected in parallel. When connecting the kV reducer, jumper K8.A9-B9 must be removed. Upon lontomat D retrofitting, remove jumpers K8.Al-Bl up to K8.A7-B7. Remove jumper K8.AlO-Bl 0 on G6. Remove j u m per K&A 11 -B 11 on G 1. With Polydoros 50/80, set switch S 1 to 1 WR. With 60 Hz power 11 one frequency, fit jumpers accordingly. With fluoroscopy, fit jumpers with

Document annotation

With Polydoros 50/80, remove jumper ssl on D43. h Rapid tubes, fit jumper G-H. *27 20 / -D 58 / Retrofitting with SI D. *28 23 / 7 With high-contrast f 1 fluoroscopy or D PF, remove j u m per D360.Z8D360.Z26. *29 1 Z / -Programming X8 (D360), see list of jumpers. *30 23A When connecting the oil switches, remove jumper D360.B32 (+ 24 V). *31 POLYTRON, fit jumper K8.Al9 -K8.Bl9. With DSA with DIGITRON, fit jumper K8.Al~

REMARKS - 1

Xl641 -1 E- 5(e) -1

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 210 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Product name

A.4 - Example of compatibility sheet between sub-systems and parts

Product release

Board and ref.

O: new part compatible with the previous release

X: New part delivery (compatible)

Black O means not compatible

X: compatible

O Compatible with the previous release

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 211 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Part B - Connectors layout and pins


PIN VIEN PIN HOUSING

34 PINS B D F J L N R T V X Z BB DD FF JJ LL NN MM HH KK 20 CC EE 19 Y AA U W 18 P S 17 K M 16 E H A C 15 14

20 PINS 1 8 2 9 3 10 4 11 5 12 6 13 7

14 PINS C B F E K J N M R P L H D A

FONT VIEW SOCKET HOUSING

D B
6 10 PINS 7 8 9 10

ZZ BB DD

A AB BB A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

2 3 4 5

02 04 06 08 10

02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

32 PINS B Z

48 PINS D B Z

64 PINS F D B Z

31 PINS D B Z

96 PINS A1 B1 C1

12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28

02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

02 04 06 08 10 12 14 16

32 31 30 29

4 3 2 1

30 32

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 212 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

WHEELED FRAME : FRONT VIEW


6 9 10 7

POINT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

OEM Part # 9797408 7049638 9795709 9797416 7049646 3428810 3428828 3136582 9797887 9797895 9797903 9797911

Part Description FRONT RUBBER BUFFER FRONT WHEEL WHEEL HOLDER LATERAL RUBBER BUFFER LATERAL WHEEL RIGHT CHAIN LEFT CHAIN FRONT CAP LEFT SIDE STRIP LEFT ARM STRIP RIGHT SIDE STRIP RIGHT ARM STRIP

12

11

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 213 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

WHEELED FRAME : REAR VIEW

5 6

2 POINT OEM Part # 1 3428836 2 9795790 3 9795782 4 3136525 5 7251390 6 9795741 7 8158503 8 8158461 8 7018617 8 3361573 8 3370616 4 3136541 9 8159022 10 8158412 Part Description REAR CHAIN RIGHT LEVER LEFT LEVER REAR RUBBER BUFFER SMALL TRACTION SPRING REAR STOP SLIDING PART BOLT BUSH RETAINING RING GAUGE DISK ANGLE LEVER GUIDE

10

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 214 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

WHEELED FRAME : BRAKE VIEW


POINT 1 2 3 2 4 OEM Part # 8158958 8158941 8158636 3428802 4323135 Part Description BRAKE BRACKET BRAKE PISTON BRAKE RUBBER COMPRESSION SPRING BRAKE TRACTION SPRING

Other parts not visible on photos 8158602 LAT WHEEL SCREW 8158610 LAT WHEEL SCREW 8158628 LAT WHEEL NUT 8166704 RC ELEMENT 8158594 MAIN TRACTION SPRING 1761030 ROPE PULLEY 9796822 MAIN SPINDLE 8158586 ROPE PULLEY 9796848 BRAKE DISK 4685186 BRAKE MAGNETIC 9797382 ROPE,CPL. 8158487 REAR BOLT 3136533 MAGNETIC HOLDER

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 215 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

STAND : D13-D19 VIEW


2 POINT 1 2 3 4 5 6 OEM Part # 9728106 3173929 1761030 3519436 9795899 1102743 Part Description BOARD D13 CONVERTER;AC-DC D14 ROPE PULLEY BALL BEARING TUBE (MOVEMENT) BOARD D19

6 5

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 216 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

STAND COVERS
POINT OEM Part # 1190912 9797515 9797507 9797861 9797879 9797853 9798422 Part Description FOOT SWITCH COMPLETE COVER, RIGHT COVER, LEFT COVER REAR COVER LATERAL STRIP COVER REAR STRIP SUPPORT CPL.

2 3 4 5 6 7

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 217 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

CONSOLE
POINT 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 No OEM Part # 9796574 9728668 1012699 9797713 9796699 9796004 9798315 9795881 4663415 Part Description HAND SWITCH CABLE, CPL. HANDSWITCH MICROSWITCH (HANDSWITCH) GRIP (MAIN HANDLES) HOLDER (FOR HANDSWITCH) CONTROL PANEL GASKET LEVER COMPLETE PLUG

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 218 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

T2 & Fuses
POINT 1 2 2 2 2 2 OEM Part # 9751892 7724339 3010097 1077411 1080530 4657649 Part Description SMALL TRANSFORMER T2 FUSE 0.315A 250V SB FUSE 0.5A 250V SB FUSE 1A 250V SB FUSE 1.25AT, 5X20MM FUSE 3.15A 250V SB

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 219 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Buttons
5

POINT 1 No 2 3 1 5 5 5 5 6 7 8 9

OEM Part # 9795477 9795485 8158909 9797580 1189542 9796798 9796780 9796962 9796954 9798430 3136509 3136517 1190466

Part Description SWITCH, CPL. S35 SWITCH, CPL. S36 (for 2 button box) COVER, CPL. GRIP (HANDLE) RIBBON CABLE S35/D12 (under cover) TUBE TUBE PLATELET PLATELET POINTER SWITCH S34 (for 3 buttons box) SWITCH S36 (for 3 buttons box) BOARD D12A (under cover)

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 220 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

T1 & Fuses

POINT 1 2 3 3 3 3 4

OEM Part # 9750480 3147899 1077411 1077437 1077445 3055910 9798687

Part Description TRANSFORMER T1 FUSE 10A 250V SB FUSE 1A 250V SB FUSE 2.5A 250V SB FUSE 4A 250A SB FUSE 5A 250V MSB U-PLATE

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 221 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

D10A, D11 & D15 boards


POINT 1 2 3 OEM Part # 9728049 9728064 1190672 Part Description BOARD D10A BOARD D11 BOARD D15

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 222 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Vertical Travel Parts


OEM Part # 9728718 1878388 9797580 3368891 1012699 7388358 4998670 1417815 8166704 1403229 8158750 9798521 9796731 7050602 7048358 8158867 7053093 4684908 3136558 9795972 3136764 Part Description (no photo) BOARD D12 SPRING GRIP BALL BEARING MICROSWITCH INSULATING LAYER PLATE TRACTION SPRING RC ELEMENT BALL BEARING HOLDER BRAKE COVER CHAIN CHAIN BRAKE BRACKET CPL ROLLER MOTOR (with POS 108) CAM DISK (with POS 107) RAIL TYPE A RAIL TYPE B

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 223 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

C-Arm
POINT 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 OEM Part # 1403211 3534542 1012699 4998670 7388358 8166704 9728502 9795253 8082901 9795261 7059132 7051857 4684890 3432770 9795196 9796178 8158164 8158214 9795170 Part Description BALL BEARING RETAINING RING MICROSWITCH PLATE INSULATING LAYER RC ELEMENT RIBBON CABLE COMPLETE STOP (End of the C-Arm) TRACTION SPRING STOP (End of the C-Arm) Roller 15 X 60 X 18 (big ones) ROLLER (small ones) MOTOR (with POS 143) COMPRESSION SPRING BRAKE BLOCK COMPLETE ROPE, COMPLETE. THREADED BOLTS BOLT CAM

1 8 2 7 6 5

5 6 7 7 8

2
4

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 224 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

C-Arm Covers
POINT 1 2 3 OEM Part # 9798778 4125043 9797986 Part Description

COVER Cover screw M4 x 12 SCALE

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 225 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

C-Arm Bracket

POINT 1 2 3 4 5 6

OEM Part # 4661526 3519436 9795279 9795287 4661625 8158172 9798224 9798281

Part Description

MOTOR BALL BEARING BRAKE BRACKET BRAKE BRACKET MICRO SWITCH ECCENTRIC BOLT COVER CONTACT

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 226 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Panel & Control Boards


5

4 3 2

POINT 1 1 2 3 4

5 6

OEM Part # 1190847 1190805 9728155 4663563 9728023 1190284 1190276 1190003 1102677 8730459 1102800

Part Description CONVERSION KIT D2 SLOT CPU D2 BOARD D3 BOARD D4 BOARD D5 BOARD D6 BACKPLANE D1 FAN COMPLETE BOARD D17 FRONT ADAPTER BD. D17 BOARD D18

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 227 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Generator

POINT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OEM Part # 1189989 1677751 1677777 9747015 1189963 1677884 3179520

Part Description BOARD D200 BOARD D201 BOARD D202 BOARD D203 BOARD D204 CHOKE 6A LINE FILTER 250V 6A

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 228 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Tube & Collimator


POINT 1 OEM Part # 1173355 8610784 8346645 3847758 3171246 1955111 9728874 1956036 9728858 Part Description SIREPHOS 2000-1,3 COMPLETE COVER (not shown) PANELLING SCREW (for the cover) UPGRADE KIT FOR BOARD NTC RESISTOR DIAPHRAGM COMPLETE BOARD D40 MOTOR, COMPLETE. AM41-44 BOARD D41-44

2 3 4 5 6

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 229 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Image Intensifier Assembly


POINT 1 2 OEM Part # 1123459 2833189 2833130 1123467 2833189 1122758 1122766 1122683 1122659 3428968 8807000 1956036 9728916 1004050 1012715 Part Description X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 9 ADAPTION CANNON PLUG V45590-A177-A17 CONV.KIT POWER SUPPLY 9" X-RAY IMAGE INTENSIFIER 7 ADAPTION CANNON PLUG V45590-A177-A17 HOUSING COMPLETE 7 ANGLE COMPLETE 7 SPRING ROD COMPRESSION SPRING DIAPHRAGM COMPLETE MOTOR COMPLETE (DIAPHRAGM) BOARD (DIAPHRAGM) MICROSWITCH 230V (DIAPHRAGM) SPRING LEVER (DIAPHRAGM) GRID 9" POWER SUPPLY HV30 II-TUBE OPTILUX 23D-C 9" ADAPTER 9 INCREM. WASHER FOR HEDS9100 (DIAPH.) KONV.KIT POWER SUPPLY 7" GRID 7" I.I TUBE OPTILUX 17 D-C #SM2000 7"

3 2 4 5

4933727 1654578 9804394 2833379 4661799 2833221 4933735

8834467

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 230 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Camera
POINT OEM Part # 2844681 3014052 9728890 9728916 8714610 8714636 8714651 8807216 1122840 1122873 4662888 2844798 Part Description VIDEOMED D # SM2000/60HZ Assembly VIDEOMED D 60HZ Assembly BOARD D30 BOARD D31 BOARD D110 BOARD D111 BOARD D112 MOTOR ASSEMBLY AM31 LEVER (behind) SPRING (behind) FAN CAMERA S2000-60HZ

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 231 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Single TV Trolley
OEM Part # 7053531 7049919 3010134 1116206 1116180 4661062 4661054 1116248 1116818 4660205 7176969 1189948 1189922 9750449 3164621 3030764 3128162 7732597 3009552 Part Description (no photo) ROLLER ROLLER CABLE DEFLECTOR PLATE, RIGHT PLATE, LEFT LAMP HOUSING LAMP BRACKET GRIP PUSH BUTTON RUBBER BOARD BOARD TRANSFORMER LINE FILTER FUSE HOLDER BAYONET CAP FUSE FUSE 3,2AT 250V OEM Part # 1039650 3419629 1189872 4663407 1114623 1114573 1114631 3010167 4663464 4663472 4673042 9728635 7549009 1102727 1116776 4844742 7055395 1190144 1190151 Part Description (no photo) FUSE ELEMENT TERMINAL BLOCK CABLE CABLE BOX HOUSING LEVER HOUSING LEFT HOUSING RIGHT CONTACT SET BUSH BUSH BUSH CABLE PLUG INSTALLATION SET COVER PANELLING SCREW M4X5 COVER CAP POWER CABLE U110/120V E POWER CABLE U208/240V E

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 232 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Dual TV Trolley
10 8 9 6 7

11

POINT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 8 8 9 10 11 12

12

OEM Part # 7053531 7049919 3010134 1116263 1116131 4660205 1116388 9757642 4661047 4661062 4661054 1116248 7049794 1102669 9748146 1102727 1116313 7055395 1116222 1116206 1116180 7176969

Part Description

ROLLER ROLLER CABLE DEFLECTOR GRIP, CPL. COVER Push Button Switch GASKET HOLDER F. POWER CABLE (at the rear) PLUG (inside) LAMP HOUSING LAMP BRACKET RAIL (inside) KEYBOARD FRONT PANEL INSTALLATION SET COVER F.MONITOR CARR. # SM 2000 COVER CAP HEXAGON ROD (at the rear) PLATE, RIGHT (at the rear) PLATE, LEFT (at the rear) RUBBER

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 233 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Memoskop
9 6 5 8 3 4

POINT 1

2 2 3 4 1 5 5 5 6 7 8 9

OEM Part # 9754557 9754573 1105647 1102768 1102784 9754599 3173929 9754615 3030764 3128162 1040930 2835507 8714123 4663092 3121154 2844004 2844582 1102669 2844020 7035025 1190383 1190375 1677868 3163003 1677652

Part Description BOARD D1 BOARD D2 for Memoskop 50/100 BOARD D21 for Memoskop 3/3E BOARD D22 for Memoskop SUB BOARD D23 for Memoskop SUB BOARD D3F for Memoskop 50/100 CONVERTER AC-DC D4 BOARD D5 FUSE HOLDER BAYONET CAP FUSE 0.1A 250V SB HARD DISK (no HDD on Memoskop 3/3E) RING CORE (TRANSFORMER) FAN MAINS CABLE BOARD D11 BOARD D6 KEYBOARD BOARD D12 RUBBER BUFFER CABLE CABLE BOARD INTEGRATED CIRCUIT J735/736 PROM J327

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 234 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Accessories
OEM Part # Part Description (no photo)

9796202 3014003 2171767 2171833 2171858 9798216 8611030

CASSETTE HOLDER 17 CM #SM 20 ASSEMBLY GROUP GROUNDING CABLE, 5M CENTERING SYSTEM BOLT STERILE HANDLE#SM 2000 DHHS-SPACER # SM

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 235 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Multi Room Parts


OEM Part # 1102669 2844020 7035025 3097206 2844004 4669883 3041837 3177292 3420668 4682639 1633721 1190524 1190532 1190540 4663407 1114623 1114573 1114631 3010167 3097396 Part Description (no photo)

KEYBOARD BOARD D12 RUBBER BUFFER BOARD D1-D4 BOARD D11 EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN RELAY FUSE 6,25AT/SB PTC RESISTOR FUSE TERMINAL PLUG SOCKET 220V 16A RIBBON CABLE CABLE CABLE for System #1 CABLE for System #2 CABLE BOX HOUSING LEVER HOUSING LEFT HOUSING RIGHT CONTACT SET WALL SOCKET # SM 2000 CPL

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 236 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

ATTENTION LES APPAREILS A RAYONS X SONT DANGEREUX A LA FOIS POUR LE PATIENT ET POUR LE MANIPULATEUR SI LES MESURES DE PROTECTION NE SONT PAS STRICTEMENT APPLIQUEES
Bien que cet appareil soit construit selon les normes de scurit les plus svres, la source de rayonnement X reprsente un danger lorsque le manipulateur est non qualifi ou non averti. Une exposition excessive au rayonnement X entraine des dommages lorganisme. Par consequent, toutes les prcautions doivent etre prises pour viter que les personnes non autorises ou non qualifies utilisent cet appareil crant ainsi un danger pour les autres et pour elle meme. Avant chaque manipulation, les personnes qualifies et autorise se servir de cet appareil doivent se renseigner sur les mesures de protection tablies par la Commission Internationale de la protection Radiologique. Annales 26 : Recommandations de la commission Internationale sur la Protection Radiologique et les normes nationales en vigueur

WARNING X-RAY EQUIPMENT IS DANGEROUS TO BOTH PATIENT AND OPERATOR UNLESS MEASURES OF PROTECTION ARE STRICTLY OBSERVED
Though this equipment is built to the highest standards of electrical and mechanical safety, the useful X-RAY beam becomes a source of danger in the hands of the unauthorized or unqualified operator. Excessive exposure to X-Radiation causes damage to human tissue. Therefore, adequate precautions must be taken to prevent unauthorized or unqualified persons from operating this equipment or exposing themselves or others to its radiation. Before operation, persons qualified and authorized to operate this equipment should be familiar with the Recommendations of the International Commission on Radiological Protection, contained in Annals Number 26 of the ICRP, and with applicable national standards.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 237 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

ATENCION LOS APARATOS DE RAYOS X SON PELIGROSOS PARA EL PACIENTE Y EL MANIPULADOR CUANDO LAS NORMAS DE PROTECCION NO ESTAN OBSERVADAS
Aunque este aparato esta construido segun las normas de seguridad mas estrictas, la radiation X constitye un peligro al ser manipulado por personas no autorizadas o incompetentes. Una exposicion excesiva a la radiacio X puede causar danos al organismo. Por consiguiente, se deberan tomar todas las precauciones necesarias para evitar que las personas incompetentes o no autorizadas utilicen este aparato, lo que seria un peligro para los demas y para si mismas. Antes de efectuar las manipulaciones, las personas habilitadas y competentes en el uso de este aparato, deberan informarse sobre las normas de proteccion fijadas por la Comision International de la Proteccion Radiologica, anales Numero 26 : recomendaciones de la Comision Internacional sobre la Proteccion Radiologica y normas nacionales.

ACHTUNG RONTGENAPPARATE SIND EINE GEFAHR FUR PATIENTEN SOWIE BEDIENUNGSPERSONAL, WENN DIE GELTENDEN SICHERHEITSVORKEHRUNGEN NICHT GENAU BEACHTET WERDEN
Dieser apparat entspricht in seiner bauweise strengsten elektrischen und mechanischen sichereitsnormen, doch in den hangen unbefugter oder unqualifizierter personen wird er zu einer gefahrenquelle. Ubermassige rontgenbestrahlung ist fur den menschlichen organismus schadlich. Deswegen sind hinreichende vorsichtsmassnahmen erforderlich, um zu verhindern, dassunbefugte oder unqualifizierte personen solche gerate bedienen oder sich selbst und andere personen bestrahlung aussetzen konnen. Vor inbetriebnahme dieses apparats sollte sich das qualifizierte und befugte bedienungspersonal mit den geltenden kriterien fur den Gefahrlosen Strahleneinsatz durch sorgfaltiges Studium des Hefts numer 26 der Internationalen Kommission fur Strahlenschutz ICRP vertraut maren : Empfehlungen der Internationalen Kommission fur Strahlenschutz und anderer nationaler Normenbehorden.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 238 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Direction 2352376-100
Revision 2 SIREMOBIL 2000

IMPORTANT!

X RAY PROTECTION

X-RAY equipment if not properly used may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein contained should be thoroughly read and understood before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General Electric Compagny, Medical Systems Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use. Although this apparetus incorporates a high degree of protection against X radiation other than the useful beam. no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any persons carelessly, unwisely, or unknowingly exposing themselves or others to radiation. It is important that everyone having anything to do with X radiation be properly trained and fully acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and measurement as published in NCRP. Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814 and of the International Commission on Radiation Protection, and take adequate steps to insure protection against injury. All persons authorized to use the equipment must be cognizant of the danger of excessive exposure to X radiation and the equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, Medical Systems Group, its agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result from exposure to X radiation. Various protective material and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices used.

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 239 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

List of Risk Assessments for X-ray Preventative Maintenance


Location/Site Assessment Reference MVXR1 GE Medical Systems MVSDI Europe Activity/Hazard Equipment related hazards likely to be encountered during routine maintenance procedures. Equipment covered includes; RAD & RF Rooms: Vascular: Mobile Units Sheet Number Hazards (defined in MV PM Guide 2353379-200) - Frayed or damaged counterweight cables - Loose mounting bolts - equipment sub-assemblies falling. - Accessories - Tube Protection - possibility of excessive localised heat. - Bumper Assemblies, anti-collision devices - failure of safety devices. 1 of Completed 05 Feb 04 Reviewed 05 Feb 04 1 Persons affected GE Medical Systems Field Engineers. working on MVSDI equipments Equipment Users. Patients and Visitors. GE Medical Systems Field Engineers. working on MVSDI Equipments Equipment Users. GE Medical Systems Field Engineers working on MVSDI Equipments GE Medical Systems Field Engineers. working on MVSDI Equipments GE Medical Systems Field Engineers .working on MVSDI Equipments

MVXR2

Ionising Radiation related hazards likely to be encountered during routine maintenance procedures. Equipment covered includes; RAD & RF Rooms: Vascular: Mobile Units

- Functional Checks - Parameter Checks: - KVP , mA/mAS , Timer - Collimation & Photo-timer Checks - Indicator Lamps and Interlock Checks - Fluoroscopy system checks - Timer, KVP, mA - Earth Continuity Checks - System checks including invasive parameter monitoring (i.e. voltage checks)

05 Feb 04 Reviewed 05 Feb 04

MVXR3

Electrical related hazards likely to be encountered during routine maintenance procedures. Equipment covered includes; RAD & RF Rooms: Vascular: Mobile Units

05 Feb 04 Reviewed 05 Feb 04

MVXR4 & R4-1

Hazards likely to be encountered during routine maintenance procedures when working with or near Mobile X-Ray Unit Battery Packs Equipment limited to Mobile Units

- Leaking Batteries - Damaged Batteries - High Voltage DC - Handling heavy batteries during swap-out or replacement programs.

05 Feb 04 Reviewed 05 Feb 04

MVXR5

Chemical related hazards likely to be encountered during routine maintenance procedures. Equipment covered includes; RAD & RF Rooms: Vascular: Mobile Units

- Clean and lubricate systems

05 Feb 04 Reviewed 05 Feb 04

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 240 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Risk Assessment MVXR1 : X-Ray Equipment Related Hazards


Location/Site Risk Assessment Reference Number Work Activity Equipment related hazards likely to be encountered during routine maintenance procedures. Equipment covered includes; RAD & RF Rooms Vascular Mobile Units GE Medical Systems MVSDI Europe MVXR1 Hazards (defined in MV PM Guide 2353379-200) Frayed or damaged counterweight cables Personnel Affected GE Medical Systems Field Engineers Equipment Users Risk Level 4 Activity/Hazard Sheet Number X-Ray Equipment Related Hazards 1 of Control Measures Care to be taken when checking or handling cables, may have sharp (broken) strands. Utilise protective gloves where necessary. Damaged cables must be replaced. Ensure all securing bolts and fastenings remain correctly tensioned so as to avoid the likelihood of falling objects. 1

Loose mounting bolts - equipment subassemblies falling.

Accessories

Tube Protection - possibility of excessive localised heat.

Check all accessories remain secure. When removing items (e.g. footplates) ensure correctly stowed so as to avoid trip hazards. Equipment thermal devices checked during routine maintenance to ensure correct operation.

Bumper Assemblies, anti-collision devices - failure of safety devices.

As above, but including: Patients and Visitors

Safety devices checked during routine maintenance so as to prevent failure. Equipment Users should be encouraged to carry out pre-use checks, particularly before moving mobile units.

Risk Level Calculation a) Severity of risk/injury;

b) Likelihood of event

4 = Fatal 3 = Major Injuries 2 = Minor Injuries 1 = No Injury 4 = Very Likely 3 = Likely 2 = Unlikely 1 = Extremely Unlikely

Review the operation/activity and take any steps necessary to reduce and control the Risks identified 6 to 8 Inform Management and seek further advice before Proceeding any further with operation/activity 9 and above HALT the activity immediately. Review and Reduce the risks identified. Control measures should be in the order of; ELIMINATE; SUBSTITUTE; REDUCE; CONTROL

Risk Level Action 1 to 5

c) Rating = a x b Risk Assessments should be completed by any person competent to assess the risks (ie Manager/EHS Champions/Team Leaders etc) The person(s) carrying out the tasks/work under assessment should be consulted and their input incorporated into the final assessment Assessors Names Review Dates 1
st

Jean-Pierre Rochette 05 02 04

nd

Date of Assessment rd 3

05 February 2004 th 4

th

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 241 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Risk Assessment MVXR2 : X-Ray Ionising Radiation Hazards


Location/Site Risk Assessment Reference Number Work Activity Ionising Radiation related hazards likely to be encountered during routine maintenance procedures. Equipment covered includes; RAD & RF Rooms Vascular Mobile Units GE Medical Systems MVSDI Europe MVXR2 Hazards (defined in MV PM Guide 2353379-200) Functional Checks Personnel Affected GE Medical Systems Field Engineers Equipment Users Risk Level 4 Activity/Hazard Sheet Number X-Ray Ionising Radiation Hazards 1 of Control Measures All items detailed in Hazards column carry the risk of excessive and/or unauthorised exposure to ionising radiation. In all cases the Local Rules within the Customer's Department must be applied. Warning signs must be displayed (Controlled Area Notice) Dosimetry must be correctly worn at all times. Apply time/distance/shielding principles and the inversesquare law. Close all collimators Ensure equipment operation remains within specified parameters. Ensure any exposure remains ALARP When operating mobile units, ensure a safe, secure and controlled area is provided and safeguards detailed above are applied if remote from X-Ray department. 1

Parameter Checks: KVP: mA/mAS: Timer

Collimation & Photo-timer Checks) Indicator Lamps and Interlock Checks

Fluoroscopy system checks Timer, KVP, mA

Risk Level Calculation a) Severity of risk/injury;

b) Likelihood of event

4 = Fatal 3 = Major Injuries 2 = Minor Injuries 1 = No Injury 4 = Very Likely 3 = Likely 2 = Unlikely 1 = Extremely Unlikely

Review the operation/activity and take any steps necessary to reduce and control the Risks identified 6 to 8 Inform Management and seek further advice before Proceeding any further with operation/activity 9 and above HALT the activity immediately. Review and Reduce the risks identified. Control measures should be in the order of; ELIMINATE; SUBSTITUTE; REDUCE; CONTROL

Risk Level Action 1 to 5

c) Rating = a x b Risk Assessments should be completed by any person competent to assess the risks (ie Manager/EHS Champions/Team Leaders etc) The person(s) carrying out the tasks/work under assessment should be consulted and their input incorporated into the final assessment Assessors Names Review Dates 1
st

Jean-Pierre Rochette 05 Feb 04

nd

Date of Assessment rd 3

05 February 2004 th 4

th

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 242 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Risk Assessment MVXR3 : X-Ray Electrical Hazards


Location/Site Risk Assessment Reference Number Work Activity Electrical related hazards likely to be encountered during routine maintenance procedures. Equipment covered includes; RAD & RF Rooms Vascular Mobile Units GE Medical Systems MVSDI Europe MVXR3 Hazards (defined in MV PM Guide 2353379-200) Earth Continuity Checks Personnel Affected GE Medical Systems Field Engineers Risk Level 4 Activity/Hazard Sheet Number X-Ray Electrical Hazards 1 of Control Measures Earth continuity is provided for both a personal and system protection. Ensure values remain within laid-down limits and any defects are corrected. Apply good engineering practices when working near live equipment. Ensure protective devices are enabled and all tools, instrument probes and the like are fully insulated. Ensure Electrical Safety Refresher Training has been completed within the last 12 months. Footnote: Not included in this Assessment are Mobile X-Ray Units Battery hazards, these are the subject of a separate assessment. 1

System checks including invasive parameter monitoring (i.e. voltage checks)

Risk Level Calculation a) Severity of risk/injury;

b) Likelihood of event

4 = Fatal 3 = Major Injuries 2 = Minor Injuries 1 = No Injury 4 = Very Likely 3 = Likely 2 = Unlikely 1 = Extremely Unlikely

Review the operation/activity and take any steps necessary to reduce and control the Risks identified 6 to 8 Inform Management and seek further advice before Proceeding any further with operation/activity 9 and above HALT the activity immediately. Review and Reduce the risks identified. Control measures should be in the order of; ELIMINATE; SUBSTITUTE; REDUCE; CONTROL

Risk Level Action 1 to 5

c) Rating = a x b Risk Assessments should be completed by any person competent to assess the risks (ie Manager/EHS Champions/Team Leaders etc) The person(s) carrying out the tasks/work under assessment should be consulted and their input incorporated into the final assessment Assessors Names Review Dates 1
st

Jean-Pierre Rochette 05 Feb 04

nd

Date of Assessment rd 3

05 February 2004 th 4

th

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 243 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Risk Assessment MVXR4 : X-Ray Battery Hazards


Location/Site Risk Assessment Reference Number Work Activity Hazards likely to be encountered during routine maintenance procedures when working with or near Mobile X-Ray Unit Battery Packs Equipment limited to Mobile Units Handling heavy batteries during swapout or replacement programs. GE Medical Systems MVSDI Europe MVXR4 Hazards (defined in MV PM Guide 2353379-200) Leaking Batteries Damaged Batteries High Voltage DC Personnel Affected GE Medical Systems Field Engineers Risk Level 4 Activity/Hazard Sheet Number X-Ray Battery Hazards 1 of Control Measures Follow ALL Safety Precautions laid down in the relevant Service Manual. Ensure batteries remain secure with no obvious signs of leaking electrolyte or discharge. Leaking and damaged batteries must be replaced immediately. Check batteries for signs of overheating, replace if found. Ensure batteries remain correctly orientated and connected. Interconnecting leads must be secure and undamaged. When connecting or disconnecting ensure correct procedures as laid down in service manuals are observed at all times. Use insulated hand tools. When lifting or carrying batteries ensure correct Manual Handling techniques are applied. Manual Handling refresher training must be completed every 12 months. Utilise PPE in the following instances; Safety Glasses - when disconnecting or connecting Gloves - when handling, carrying or lifting, to protect digits from knocks, scrapes or crushing. 1

Risk Level Calculation a) Severity of risk/injury;

b) Likelihood of event

4 = Fatal 3 = Major Injuries 2 = Minor Injuries 1 = No Injury 4 = Very Likely 3 = Likely 2 = Unlikely 1 = Extremely Unlikely

Review the operation/activity and take any steps necessary to reduce and control the Risks identified 6 to 8 Inform Management and seek further advice before Proceeding any further with operation/activity 9 and above HALT the activity immediately. Review and Reduce the risks identified. Control measures should be in the order of; ELIMINATE; SUBSTITUTE; REDUCE; CONTROL

Risk Level Action 1 to 5

c) Rating = a x b Risk Assessments should be completed by any person competent to assess the risks (ie Manager/EHS Champions/Team Leaders etc) The person(s) carrying out the tasks/work under assessment should be consulted and their input incorporated into the final assessment Assessors Names Review Dates 1
st

Jean-Pierre Rochette 05 Feb 04

nd

Date of Assessment rd 3

05 February 2004 th 4

th

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 244 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Risk Assessment MVXR4-1 : X-Ray Battery Hazards - Leaking Units


Location/Site Risk Assessment Reference Number Work Activity Possibility of encountering Leaking Batteries during battery set changes Enhancement to MVXR4 GE Medical Systems MVSDI Europe MVXR4 - 1 Hazards (defined in MV PM Guide 2353379-200) Leaking Electrolyte Damaged Batteries Personnel Affected GE Medical Systems Field Engineers Risk Level 4 Activity/Hazard Sheet Number X-Ray Battery Hazards - Leaking Units 1 of Control Measures Refer to general procedures, precautions and control measures detailed in Risk Assessment MVXR4. Follow ALL Safety Precautions laid down in the relevant Service Manual. Ensure batteries remain secure with no obvious signs of leaking electrolyte or discharge. Leaking and damaged batteries must be replaced immediately. Care must be taken when lifting batteries out of plastic trays as leakage may not be apparent until removed from tray. Leaking batteries must be safely disposed of - i.e. wrapped in durable leak proof polythene for return through normal recycling routes. Affix warning labels that some electrolyte may have spilled within protective covering. When handling leaking batteries, utilise protective gloves and glasses to avoid electrolyte contact with skin and eyes. Ensure operations are conducted in a well-ventilated area. 1

Risk Level Calculation a) Severity of risk/injury;

b) Likelihood of event

4 = Fatal 3 = Major Injuries 2 = Minor Injuries 1 = No Injury 4 = Very Likely 3 = Likely 2 = Unlikely 1 = Extremely Unlikely

Review the operation/activity and take any steps necessary to reduce and control the Risks identified 6 to 8 Inform Management and seek further advice before Proceeding any further with operation/activity 9 and above HALT the activity immediately. Review and Reduce the risks identified. Control measures should be in the order of; ELIMINATE; SUBSTITUTE; REDUCE; CONTROL

Risk Level Action 1 to 5

c) Rating = a x b Risk Assessments should be completed by any person competent to assess the risks (ie Manager/EHS Champions/Team Leaders etc) The person(s) carrying out the tasks/work under assessment should be consulted and their input incorporated into the final assessment Assessors Names Review Dates 1
st

Jean-Pierre Rochette 05 Feb 04

nd

Date of Assessment rd 3

05 February 2004 th 4

th

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 245 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

Risk Assessment MVXR5 : X-Ray Chemical Hazards


Location/Site Risk Assessment Reference Number Work Activity Chemical related hazards likely to be encountered during routine maintenance procedures. Equipment covered includes; RAD & RF Rooms Vascular Mobile Units GE Medical Systems MVSDI Europe MVXR5 Hazards (defined in MV PM Guide 2353379-200) Clean and lubricate systems Personnel Affected GE Medical Systems Field Engineers Risk Level 2 Apply safety precautions as per instructions detailed on substance container. Utilise Barrier Creams and protective gloves (Latex free) Utilise any other PPE as detailed in substance safety precautions (i.e. Safety Glasses) Ensure any chemical spills are cleaned up in the correct manner and any material disposed as per the manufacturers safety instructions. Ensure any used containers are disposed of in the correct manner. Refer to the Material safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for specific advice and guidance. Activity/Hazard Sheet Number X-Ray Chemical Hazards 1 of Control Measures Ensure only approved substances are utilised. 1

Risk Level Calculation a) Severity of risk/injury;

b) Likelihood of event

4 = Fatal 3 = Major Injuries 2 = Minor Injuries 1 = No Injury 4 = Very Likely 3 = Likely 2 = Unlikely 1 = Extremely Unlikely

Review the operation/activity and take any steps necessary to reduce and control the Risks identified 6 to 8 Inform Management and seek further advice before Proceeding any further with operation/activity 9 and above HALT the activity immediately. Review and Reduce the risks identified. Control measures should be in the order of; ELIMINATE; SUBSTITUTE; REDUCE; CONTROL

Risk Level Action 1 to 5

c) Rating = a x b Risk Assessments should be completed by any person competent to assess the risks (ie Manager/EHS Champions/Team Leaders etc) The person(s) carrying out the tasks/work under assessment should be consulted and their input incorporated into the final assessment Assessors Names Review Dates 1
st

Jean-Pierre Rochette 05 Feb 04

nd

Date of Assessment rd 3

05 February 2004 th 4

th

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 246 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS REV 3

MVS DI EUROPE

SI.S2000 SM 2352376-100TPH

REVISION HISTORY
REV 0 1 2 3 DATE 2002-July-15 2003-Sept-18 2004-Mar -02 2006-May-29 TYPE OF MODIFICATION First release Update of all the document Corrections + Parts list + Risk Ass Eurge29323, EURge43121 ;eDB link AUTHOR Rgis Vilette Jacques Aupied Jacques Aupied Philippe Bodelet FORMATED BY R.Vilette E. de Schuttelaere E. de Schuttelaere P. Bodelet

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

PAGE

REVISION

PAGE

REVISION

all all all all

0 1 2 3

Alignment Calibration

Component Locations

Error Codes

Functional Checks

Logic/Block Preventive Software Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics 247 of 247

Theory

Service notes

Reference Materials

Notes

Written by: E. de Schuttelaere / P. Bodelet

Controlled by: J. Aupied

date 29- May-2006

You might also like